S-1 1 ds1.htm FORM S-1 Form S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 25, 2008

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   2834   33-0975733
(State of Incorporation)  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

5871 Oberlin Drive

Suite 200

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 731-5200

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

Phenomix Corporation

5871 Oberlin Drive

Suite 200

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 731-5200

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

Copies to:

Stephen C. Ferruolo

Ryan A. Murr

Maggie L. Wong

Goodwin Procter LLP

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 300

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 202-2700

 

Bruce K. Dallas

Davis Polk & Wardwell

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered  

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, $.001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $3,390
 
 
  (1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
  (2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price and includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), shall determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued January 25, 2008

 

             Shares

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Phenomix Corporation is offering              shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

 

 

 

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “PHMX.”

 

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 8.

 

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

    

Price to

  Public  

    

Underwriting

Discounts and

  Commissions  

    

Proceeds to
Phenomix Corporation

Per Share

   $               $             $         

Total

   $                          $                      $                    

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on                     , 2008.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   CREDIT SUISSE
OPPENHEIMER & CO.   PACIFIC GROWTH EQUITIES

 

                    , 2008


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 


 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free-writing prospectus that we authorize to be distributed to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from or in addition to that contained in this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are offering to sell, and are seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Until                     , 2008 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments of subscriptions.

 

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the shares of common stock outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8, and the financial statements and notes to those financial statements, before making an investment decision. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the references in this prospectus to “Phenomix,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Phenomix Corporation.

 

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

 

Corporate Overview

 

We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel small-molecule product candidates directed toward clinically validated targets in significant therapeutic markets. We designed our product candidates to have improved efficacy, safety or convenience relative to existing therapies and other product candidates in clinical development. Our lead product candidate, PHX1149, is a dipeptidyl peptidase-4, or DPP-4, inhibitor that we are developing as an oral, once-daily treatment for Type 2 diabetes. We recently completed enrollment of our 445 patient Phase 2b clinical trial, designed to measure the reduction in hemoglobin A1c, or HbA1c, a measure of blood glucose control, when PHX1149 is administered in combination with existing drugs for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, typically approves diabetes medications based primarily on safety and on effectiveness in lowering HbA1c levels. Pending positive results from our ongoing Phase 2b clinical trial, we expect to commence Phase 3 clinical trials of PHX1149 in the second half of 2008. Our second product candidate, PHX1766, is a protease inhibitor currently in preclinical development for the treatment of hepatitis C virus, or HCV, infection. We expect to commence Phase 1 clinical trials of PHX1766 in the second half of 2008.

 

We discovered our product candidates using our “fast-follower” strategy for drug discovery, which is directed toward clinically validated therapeutic targets for which the pharmacological effect of a product candidate can be demonstrated in early-stage clinical trials. We have an active discovery program focused on enzyme targets, including proteases, kinases and polymerases, which play a role in human diseases. We believe that by pursuing this strategy, we can reduce the risk associated with novel targets and the time required to advance a product candidate into clinical trials. Using this approach, we advanced PHX1149 into human clinical trials 27 months after initiating our DPP-4 inhibitor discovery program.

 

We intend to maximize the value of our product candidates through independent development, licensing and other partnership opportunities. These may include co-development or co-marketing agreements, licensing agreements with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that possess established development and commercialization capabilities or direct commercialization by building our own sales and marketing force.

 

PHX1149 for the Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes

 

We are developing PHX1149 for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, a chronic disease associated with abnormally high levels of glucose in the blood. Type 2 diabetes affects more than 160 million people worldwide, including approximately 18 million people in the United States. According to the American Diabetes Association, direct and indirect expenditures related to diabetes comprise 11% of all U.S. healthcare expenditures. In 2006, worldwide sales of diabetes medications totaled approximately $21 billion, with approximately $12 billion spent on oral anti-diabetic medications, or OADs. Despite existing therapies and increasing awareness of the need for careful glucose control, nearly two-thirds of patients diagnosed with Type 2 diabetes do not achieve and maintain proper control of blood glucose, as measured by HbA1c. Furthermore, many existing therapies result in common side effects, including an increased risk of hypoglycemia, or abnormally low

 

 

1


Table of Contents

blood glucose levels, weight gain and gastrointestinal problems, as well as less common adverse events such as heart attacks and congestive heart failure. As a result, we believe there is a need for improved therapies for Type 2 diabetes.

 

DPP-4 inhibitors represent a new class of OADs that improve the control of blood glucose and have a favorable tolerability profile. Sitagliptin, marketed by Merck & Co., Inc. as Januvia and Janumet, is the first DPP-4 inhibitor approved by the FDA and the European Agency for the Evaluation of Medicinal Products, or EMEA, for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. From its commercial launch in October 2006 through September 2007, sitagliptin has generated approximately $500 million in worldwide sales. Although sitagliptin represents a significant advancement in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, its product label reports various common side effects, including upper respiratory tract infections, nasal congestion and headache, as well as rare adverse events such as serious allergic and hypersensitivity reactions. Sitagliptin and other DPP-4 inhibitors in development have exhibited similar efficacy profiles as measured by reductions in HbA1c. As a result, we believe DPP-4 inhibitors will be differentiated in the market primarily based on their tolerability and convenience.

 

Our Phase 2a and preclinical data suggest that PHX1149 has the potential to compete favorably with sitagliptin and other DPP-4 inhibitors in development due to the following characteristics:

 

 

 

Efficacy. In our Phase 2a clinical trial, patients treated with PHX1149 experienced increased levels of glucagon-like peptide-1, or GLP-1, and reduced post-meal glucose levels, similar to other DPP-4 inhibitors. GLP-1 is a naturally-occurring hormone produced in the digestive system that slows the emptying of the stomach, stimulates insulin production and reduces blood glucose. Based on the results of our Phase 2a clinical trial, we expect PHX1149 will demonstrate significant reductions in HbA1c in our Phase 2b clinical trial.

 

   

Tolerability. PHX1149 demonstrates low cross-reactivity with other cellular targets closely related to DPP-4. We believe this characteristic reduces the potential for off-target effects from PHX1149 relative to less selective DPP-4 inhibitors. PHX1149 was well tolerated in our Phase 2a clinical trial. Overall adverse events in patients treated with PHX1149 did not differ significantly from placebo.

 

   

Convenience. In our Phase 2a clinical trial, we observed that mean percent inhibition of the DPP-4 enzyme at 24 hours after administration in patients treated with PHX1149 was 53%, 73% and 78% in the 100 mg, 200 mg and 400 mg dose groups, respectively, and maximal DPP-4 inhibition exceeded 80% for all dose levels. Based on these results, we believe PHX1149 will be suitable for oral, once-daily administration with no time-of-day restrictions. From our study of food interaction in our Phase 1 clinical trials, we also expect that PHX1149 can be administered without regard to the timing of meals.

 

We also believe PHX1149 may have an improved safety profile relative to other DPP-4 inhibitors due to the following combination of characteristics:

 

   

Stable concentration profile over time. The stable drug levels of PHX1149 in the blood over time may enable PHX1149 to avoid potential safety concerns relative to other DPP-4 inhibitors in development that have a more pronounced peak of concentration shortly after administration.

 

   

Limited distribution within the body. Our studies demonstrate that PHX1149 has a low volume of distribution and negligible penetration into cells. Thus, PHX1149 may have a more limited distribution within the body than other DPP-4 inhibitors. Because the DPP-4 in tissues degrades certain proteins that promote inflammation, DPP-4 inhibitors that penetrate into tissues may increase the risk of unintended inflammatory effects by inhibiting the DPP-4 expressed in these tissues. As a result, we believe that PHX1149 may be less likely to cause adverse events, such as sinus inflammation, nasal congestion and headache, which have been reported in patients treated with other DPP-4 inhibitors that penetrate into tissues.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Favorable metabolism and excretion profile. Because PHX1149 is not metabolized in the liver, it is not susceptible to potential issues related to chemical by-products, or metabolites, which typically occur when drugs are broken down by the liver. Furthermore, PHX1149 does not interfere with the liver enzymes that metabolize other drugs, which reduces the potential for drug-drug interactions.

 

PHX1766 for the Treatment of HCV Infection

 

Our second product candidate, PHX1766, is an orally available NS3/4A protease inhibitor, which we are developing for the treatment of HCV infection. The NS3/4A protease is an enzyme necessary for the replication of HCV. HCV is the most common chronic blood-borne viral infection in the United States and a leading cause of liver failure, liver transplants and liver cancer. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or the CDC, estimate that approximately 3.2 million people in the United States are chronically infected with HCV. The current standard of care for the treatment of HCV infection is a combination therapy of injected pegylated interferon and orally-administered ribavirin. However, this combination therapy has been associated with serious side effects, including neuropsychiatric and autoimmune disorders, anemia that may lead to heart attacks and an increased risk of birth defects or death of the fetus. The side effect profile of the standard of care, together with its long duration of therapy and the requirement that interferon be administered by injection, has reduced patient compliance. Furthermore, among patients infected with HCV genotype 1, the most prevalent form of HCV in the United States, only 42% to 46% treated under the standard of care achieve a sustained viral response, or SVR, which is defined as the absence of a detectable amount of HCV in the blood six months after completion of therapy.

 

Unlike interferons, which work by stimulating the immune system’s response to viral infection, HCV protease inhibitors directly target the virus by inhibiting NS3/4A protease. When tested in Phase 2 clinical trials, NS3/4A protease inhibitors have reduced the levels of virus in the blood and, when added to the standard of care, provided greater SVR rates and a shorter duration of therapy compared to the standard of care alone. Based on our preclinical data, we believe PHX1766 may offer advantages over other HCV protease inhibitors in development, including an improved dosing regimen, higher potency and greater selectivity. We expect to commence clinical trials of PHX1766 in the second half of 2008.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors.” For example:

 

   

We are dependent on the success of PHX1149. All of our other product candidates are in the research stage of development. If we are unable to successfully develop, receive regulatory approval for and commercialize PHX1149, we may never be profitable and may have to cease operations.

 

   

The market opportunity for PHX1149 may be adversely affected if competing DPP-4 inhibitors or other alternative drug therapies are more efficacious, safer or less costly than PHX1149.

 

   

Even if approved for sale by the appropriate regulatory authorities, physicians may decide not to prescribe PHX1149 or any of our future product candidates.

 

   

We have incurred net losses of $92.9 million from our inception to September 30, 2007, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

 

We were founded on July 30, 2001 as a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 5871 Oberlin Drive, Suite 200, San Diego, California 92121, and our telephone number is (858) 731-5200. Our website is www.phenomix.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

Phenomix Corporation and our logo are our trademarks. This prospectus includes additional trademarks of Phenomix Corporation and others.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for the first of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of PHX1149 for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, the repayment of amounts borrowed under our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C. and our ongoing preclinical studies and planned Phase 1 clinical trials of PHX1766 for the treatment of HCV infection. We also intend to use the proceeds from this offering for our other drug discovery and development programs, working capital and general corporate purposes. For a more complete description of our intended use of the proceeds from this offering, see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

PHMX

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 27,944,417 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2007 and 4,410,923 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of an equal number of shares of Series C preferred stock issued by us in a private financing transaction in January 2008, but excludes:

 

   

3,932,821 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding as of September 30, 2007 and having a weighted average exercise price of $.54 per share and 838,518 additional shares of common stock reserved as of September 30, 2007 for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans;

 

   

842,056 shares of common stock subject to warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2007 and having a weighted average exercise price of $4.32 per share, including warrants currently exercisable for 798,201 shares of our preferred stock; and

 

   

up to 173,077 shares of Series C preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant issued by us in December 2007 at an exercise price of $4.16 per share.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

None of the information contained in this prospectus has been adjusted to reflect a reverse stock split that we intend to effect prior to the pricing of this offering.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables present our summary consolidated financial data for our fiscal years 2004 through 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 and our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2007. The consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 and as of September 30, 2007 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data as of and for the period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such consolidated financial data. Operating results for these interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year or future periods. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the related notes to these financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Period from
July 30, 2001
(inception)
through
September 30,

2007
 
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007    
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)        

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

   $ 6,271     $ 11,075     $ 22,800     $ 15,522     $ 21,340     $ 65,420  

General and administrative

     2,878       3,871       6,129       5,039       4,582       21,704  
                                                

Total operating expenses

     9,149       14,946       28,929       20,561       25,922       87,124  
                                                

Operating loss

     (9,149 )     (14,946 )     (28,929 )     (20,561 )     (25,922 )     (87,124 )

Interest income

     127       457       655       530       774       2,347  

Interest expense

     (201 )     (456 )     (372 )     (239 )     (480 )     (1,634 )

Other income (expense), net

     (81 )     (26 )     (47 )     (28 )     (27 )     (125 )
                                                

Net loss from continuing operations

     (9,304 )     (14,971 )     (28,693 )     (20,298 )     (25,655 )     (86,536 )

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (2,840 )     304       915       484       95       (6,374 )
                                                

Net loss

   $ (12,144 )   $ (14,667 )   $ (27,778 )   $ (19,814 )   $ (25,560 )   $ (92,910 )
                                                

Net loss per share from continuing operations, basic and diluted

   $ (134.44 )   $ (81.89 )   $ (109.48 )   $ (82.65 )   $ (106.33 )  

Net (loss) income per share from discontinued operations, basic and diluted

     (41.03 )     1.66       3.49       1.97       .39    
                                          

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (175.47 )   $ (80.23 )   $ (105.99 )   $ (80.68 )   $ (105.94 )  
                                          

Weighted average shares, basic and diluted

     69,208       182,804       262,098       245,579       241,283    

Pro forma net loss per share from continuing operations, basic and diluted(1)

       $ (2.23 )     $ (1.26 )  

Pro forma net income per share from discontinued operations, basic and diluted(1)

         .07         .01    
                        

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

       $ (2.16 )     $ (1.25 )  
                        

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

         12,883,670         20,475,231    
                        

 

  (1)   The pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of September 30, 2007 into 27,595,177 shares of our common stock but does not give effect to the conversion of the shares of Series C preferred stock issued in a private financing transaction in January 2008 into 4,410,923 shares of our common stock.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The following table presents our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2007:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect the receipt by us of net proceeds of approximately $18.3 million from the sale of 4,410,923 shares of Series C preferred stock in a private financing transaction in January 2008; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 32,006,100 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the receipt by us of net proceeds of $            million from the sale of the             shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     As of September 30, 2007
     Actual    Pro Forma    Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
     (unaudited)
     (in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 42,184    $ 60,533    $             

Working capital

     35,546      53,895   

Total assets

     44,351      62,700   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     4,728      4,728   

Total stockholders’ equity

     31,572      49,921   

 

  (1)   A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, and stockholders’ deficit by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Any investment in our stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and all information contained in this prospectus before you decide whether to purchase our common stock. Our business, financial condition or results of operation could be materially harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks or uncertainties, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

We are dependent on the success of PHX1149, and we cannot give any assurance that PHX1149 or any of our product candidates will receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized.

 

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company and the future of our business depends primarily on our ability to develop and commercialize PHX1149 and our other product candidates successfully. To date, we have not marketed, distributed or sold any products, and we do not currently have any commercial products that generate revenues or any other sources of revenues. We may never be able to develop any marketable products. We are highly dependent on the success of our lead product candidate, PHX1149, for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, which is currently in Phase 2b clinical trials. Our other programs and product candidates, including PHX1766 for the treatment of HCV infection, are in preclinical development or the discovery stage. In order to commercialize PHX1149 or any other product candidate, we will be required to conduct clinical trials, which may not succeed, and to obtain regulatory approvals, which we may fail to do. We do not know, and are unable to predict, what type of, and how many, clinical trials the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, will require us to conduct before granting approval for us to market our product candidates. Our development programs may not lead to a commercial product, either because we fail to demonstrate that our product candidates are safe and effective in clinical trials and we therefore fail to obtain necessary approvals from the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies or because we have inadequate financial or other resources to advance our product candidates through the clinical trial process to successful commercialization. Any failure to obtain approval for, or to successfully commercialize, PHX1149 would impair our ability to generate revenues, and it would require a significant amount of time and resources to bring any other product candidates to market.

 

Our lead product candidate, PHX1149, is still under clinical development for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, and we may not be able to advance PHX1149 through clinical trials into successful commercialization.

 

Before we can obtain regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of PHX1149 or any other product candidate, we must demonstrate that the product candidate is safe and effective for use for its respective target indications with substantial evidence gathered in well-controlled clinical trials. Despite our efforts and the expenditure of significant resources, we may not be able to advance PHX1149 through clinical trials to successful commercialization for a variety of reasons, including:

 

   

PHX1149 may prove to be carcinogenic in our ongoing carcinogenicity studies, or we may otherwise be unable to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of PHX1149 in our ongoing Phase 2b or planned Phase 3 clinical trials;

 

   

we may not meet other applicable regulatory standards;

 

   

PHX1149 may not offer safety advantages, therapeutic benefits or other improvements over existing DPP-4 inhibitors and other products and product candidates under development for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes;

 

   

we may not able to produce PHX1149 in commercial quantities at acceptable costs; or

 

   

we may not otherwise be able to successfully commercialize PHX1149.

 

8


Table of Contents

The observation of adverse events in either humans or animals may impair our ability to obtain approval for and commercialize PHX1149. For example, we observed skin toxicity in some of our preclinical studies of PHX1149 at high doses in monkeys. We have not observed similar skin toxicity in humans in our clinical trials of PHX1149 to date, and studies of other DPP-4 inhibitors have suggested that there may be no correlation between this side effect in animal toxicology studies and human clinical trials. However, the connection, if any, between DPP-4 inhibitors, including PHX1149, and skin toxicity is not fully understood. We or other developers of DPP-4 inhibitors may observe this side effect or other adverse events in ongoing or future clinical trials, which would adversely impact our ability to obtain FDA approval.

 

In addition, the results from our ongoing Phase 2b clinical trial or planned Phase 3 clinical trials may be negative or inconclusive. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in preclinical studies and earlier clinical trials. Any of these setbacks could impair our ability to generate revenues and harm our business and results of operations.

 

PHX1766 is still in preclinical development and remains subject to clinical testing and regulatory approval, and all of our other product candidates except for PHX1149 are in discovery stage research. If we are unable to successfully advance PHX1766 into clinical trials and complete the development and testing of this or any other potential product candidate, our business prospects will be harmed.

 

Except for PHX1149, all of our product candidates are in preclinical development or discovery stage research. Our HCV program, including PHX1766, and other early-stage research and development programs are based upon relatively new science and involve new chemical entities. Subsequent discoveries by us and third parties may lead us to reconsider our scientific hypotheses, including how novel mechanisms regulate various biological functions. Like any scientific undertaking, we may draw the wrong inference from, or fail to appreciate the significance of, scientific data, which could result in compounds emerging from our development programs having a lower than anticipated efficacy profile or an unacceptable safety profile.

 

Our strategy for product development focuses on identifying new chemical entities directed toward clinically validated biological points of intervention, or targets, and for which a pharmacological effect can be demonstrated in early-stage clinical trials. Research programs to identify disease targets and new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources, and may fail to yield successful product candidates. We may experience numerous setbacks during, or as a result of, preclinical testing or other developmental research that could delay or prevent our ability to identify and to advance earlier stage product candidates into or through clinical trials, including:

 

   

our ongoing preclinical toxicology studies of PHX1766 and other preclinical research may produce negative or inconclusive results, which may require us to conduct additional preclinical testing or abandon the development of the product candidate;

 

   

we may be unable to produce sufficient quantities of materials at acceptable purities to conduct necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

our preclinical studies or any future clinical trials may not demonstrate that PHX1766 can be administered less frequently than other NS3/4A protease inhibitors, that PHX1766 is a sufficiently potent inhibitor of the NS3/4A protease or that PHX1766 is sufficiently selective against human targets;

 

   

newer therapies or competitive products may supersede the development opportunity; or

 

   

we may determine that PHX1766 or our other early-stage product candidates do not have sufficient potential to warrant the allocation of resources toward them.

 

Even if we are able to advance PHX1766 or any other product candidate beyond preclinical development into clinical trials, we will be subject to all of the risks associated with clinical development of a product candidate. Results from any completed preclinical studies may not be predictive of the results we may obtain in

 

9


Table of Contents

clinical trials or the likelihood of approval of a drug candidate for commercial sale. Currently, no protease inhibitor has been approved by the FDA for the treatment of HCV infection. We cannot be certain that any protease inhibitors, including PHX1766, will ever be approved by the FDA or any foreign regulatory agency for the treatment of HCV infection. If we are unable to develop suitable product candidates through our internal research programs or otherwise, we may not be able to generate or increase revenues in future periods, which could result in significant harm to our financial position.

 

Delays in the commencement or successful completion of clinical trials could result in increased costs to us and delay or limit our ability to generate revenues.

 

Each of our product candidates must undergo extensive preclinical studies and clinical trials as a condition to regulatory approval. Preclinical studies and clinical trials are expensive and take many years to complete. We estimate that clinical trials and related regulatory review in initial indications for our lead product candidate, PHX1149, will continue for at least four years. PHX1766 is in preclinical development, and we do not expect to commence clinical trials for this product candidate until the second half of 2008. In each case, our preclinical studies or clinical trials could take significantly more time to complete than anticipated. Delays in the commencement or successful completion of clinical trials could affect our product development costs significantly. We do not know whether our planned clinical trials will begin or be completed on schedule, if at all.

 

The commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed for a number of reasons. We may experience delays in our clinical programs related to:

 

   

obtaining regulatory approval to commence a clinical trial or complying with conditions imposed by a regulatory authority regarding the size, scope and design of a clinical trial;

 

   

unexpected clinical or nonclinical results that necessitate a change in the clinical testing plan;

 

   

difficulties recruiting clinical sites at which to conduct clinical trials, which may occur for a variety of reasons, including the size of the patient population that meets the eligibility criteria to participate in the trials, the nature of our trial protocols, the availability of approved alternative treatments for the relevant indications and competition from other clinical trial programs for similar indications;

 

   

obtaining institutional review board or ethics committee approvals to conduct a clinical trial at prospective sites;

 

   

reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective clinical research organizations, or CROs, and trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

delays in the manufacture of sufficient quantities of our product candidates with acceptable stability and purity profiles for use in clinical trials;

 

   

severe or unexpected drug-related side effects experienced by participants in a clinical trial, which could result in the FDA’s placing the program on clinical hold;

 

   

retaining participants who have enrolled in a clinical trial but may be prone to withdraw due to the design of the trial, lack of efficacy or personal issues or who fail to return for follow-up visits for a variety of reasons; and

 

   

lack of adequate funding or other internal resources and expertise to continue the clinical trial.

 

Additionally, changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur, and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols or add new clinical trials to comply with these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to institutional review boards or ethics committees for reexamination, which may impact the cost, timing or successful completion of the clinical trials. If we experience delays in the completion of, or if we terminate, our Phase 2b clinical trials for PHX1149 or any of our future clinical trials, the

 

10


Table of Contents

commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues will be delayed. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of a product candidate.

 

We rely on third parties to conduct preclinical research and clinical trials for our product candidates, and, if they do not properly and successfully perform their obligations to us, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

 

We design the preclinical programs and clinical trials for our product candidates, but we rely on CROs to assist us in conducting many aspects of preclinical research and in managing, monitoring and otherwise carrying out our clinical trials. We compete with other companies, including larger, more established companies, for the resources of these third parties. We currently rely on a CRO to conduct our Phase 2b clinical trial of PHX1149 in India, North America and South America under a clinical services agreement.

 

Although we rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical research and clinical trials, we are responsible for confirming that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the approved protocol and investigational guidelines. Moreover, the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies require us to comply with regulations and standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that the data and results are credible and accurate and that the trial participants are adequately protected. Our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of these responsibilities and requirements.

 

If our CROs do not successfully carry out their duties under their agreements with us, if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to failure to adhere to regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, or if they otherwise fail to comply with clinical trial protocols or meet expected deadlines, our clinical trials may not meet regulatory requirements. If our clinical trials do not meet regulatory requirements or if these third parties need to be replaced, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated. If any of these events occurs, the clinical development costs for our candidates would be expected to rise and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates.

 

Our dependence upon third parties for the manufacture and supply of PHX1149 and our future product candidates and products may cause delays in, or prevent us from, successfully developing and commercializing products.

 

We do not currently have the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture the product candidates that we need to conduct our clinical trials. We have entered into agreements with contract suppliers and manufacturers to produce our supplies of starting materials, intermediates and the finished form of PHX1149, but we have no long-term contracts for the supply of this product candidate or any of our future product candidates. PHX1149 is a new chemical entity that has never been produced at commercial scale, and, as such, there are underlying risks associated with its manufacture, which could include cost overruns, impurities, difficulties in scaling up or reproducing manufacturing processes, and lack of timely availability of raw materials. Any of these risks may prevent or delay us from successfully developing PHX1149 or our future product candidates.

 

We and our third-party manufacturers are required to comply with applicable FDA manufacturing practice regulations. If one of our third-party manufacturers fails to maintain compliance with these regulations, the production of our product candidates could be interrupted, resulting in delays and additional costs. Additionally, our third-party manufacturers must pass a pre-approval inspection before we can obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. If for any reason these third-party manufacturers are unable or unwilling to perform under their agreements with us, we may not be able to locate alternative manufacturers or enter into favorable agreements with them in an expeditious manner. We could also experience manufacturing delays if our third-party manufacturers give greater priority to the supply of other products over our product candidates. Any inability to acquire sufficient quantities of our product candidates or their components in a timely manner from third parties could delay clinical trials or result in product shortages and prevent us from developing and commercializing our product candidates in a cost-effective manner or on a timely basis.

 

11


Table of Contents

We expect to depend on collaborative arrangements to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates, which we may fail to do. These collaborative arrangements, if any, would likely place the development of our product candidates outside of our control and require us to relinquish important rights or may otherwise be on terms unfavorable to us.

 

We expect to enter into collaborative arrangements with pharmaceutical companies or third parties to develop and commercialize our product candidates. The development of PHX1149 through Phase 3 clinical trials will require significant additional resources that may not be available to us unless we are able to enter into a collaborative arrangement pursuant to which our partner or partners fund all or part of the clinical trial costs. In addition, we believe that PHX1149, if approved, would be promoted extensively to primary care physicians, which would require a large sales and marketing force. We expect that we will need to enter into one or more collaborative arrangements to successfully develop and commercialize PHX1149.

 

Dependence on collaborative arrangements for the development or commercialization of our product candidates would subject us to a number of risks, including:

 

   

we may not complete a collaborative arrangement in time to avoid delays in clinical development, if it is completed at all, and if no collaborative arrangement is achieved, we may need to stop product development altogether;

 

   

we may not be able to control the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators devote to the development or commercialization of our product candidates or to their marketing and distribution;

 

   

to the extent we enter into a collaborative arrangement prior to completion of development work and we rely on our collaborators to conduct such work, we would not control the amount and timing of resources applied to the collaborative arrangement;

 

   

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial, repeat or conduct new clinical trials, require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing or abandon a product candidate;

 

   

we may have limited control over the clinical trial design or other aspects of the development or commercialization of the product candidates that we partner;

 

   

disputes may arise between us and our collaborators that result in the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our product candidates or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management’s attention and resources;

 

   

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our patents and other intellectual property rights or may use these rights in such a way as to expose us to potential litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our patents;

 

   

a collaborator could develop a competing product candidate, either independently or in collaboration with others, including our competitors;

 

   

any collaborative arrangement may be terminated or allowed to expire, which would delay the development of, and may increase the cost of developing, our product candidates; and

 

   

our collaborators may not market our potential products in a manner that is competitive to others also marketing products for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes or other indications for which we may develop product candidates.

 

The occurrence of any of the risks described above would impair our ability to generate revenues from our product candidates and harm our results of operations.

 

12


Table of Contents

If we fail to attract and keep senior management and key scientific personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop our product candidates, conduct our clinical trials and commercialize our product candidates.

 

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel and on our ability to develop and maintain important relationships with leading academic institutions, clinicians and scientists. We are highly dependent upon our senior management and scientific staff, particularly Laura Shawver, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer, Julie Cherrington, Ph.D., our President, Chris Burnley, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, John E. Crawford, our Chief Financial Officer, Hans-Peter Guler, M.D., our Vice President, Clinical Development, and David Campbell, Ph.D., our Vice President, Drug Discovery and Preclinical Sciences. Although we have employment agreements with each of these individuals, each such agreement is terminable at will at any time with or without notice, and, therefore, we may not be able to retain their services as expected. The loss of services of any of these individuals or one or more other members of our senior management could delay or prevent the successful completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of our product candidates.

 

Competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology and pharmaceuticals field is intense, particularly in the San Diego, California area, where our offices are located. We will need to hire additional personnel as we expand our clinical development and commercial activities. We may not be able to attract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms. Currently, we maintain “key person” insurance on Dr. Shawver in an amount of $1.0 million. We do not carry “key person” insurance covering any other members of our senior management. Each of our officers and key employees may terminate his or her employment at any time without notice and without cause or good reason.

 

If we are unable either to create sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or to enter into agreements with third parties to perform these functions, we will be unable to commercialize our product candidates successfully.

 

We currently have no sales or distribution capabilities and only limited marketing capabilities. To commercialize our product candidates, we must either develop internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, which will be expensive and time consuming, or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services. If we decide to market any of our products directly, we must commit significant financial and managerial resources to develop a marketing and sales force with relevant scientific or technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities. Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our products directly include:

 

   

our inability to recruit and retain sales and marketing personnel;

 

   

the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to physicians or persuade physicians to prescribe our products;

 

   

the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines; and

 

   

unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating and sustaining an independent sales and marketing organization.

 

If we are not able to collaborate with a third party and are not successful in recruiting sales and marketing personnel or building a sales and marketing infrastructure, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, which would adversely affect our business and financial condition. If we do collaborate with and rely on pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies with established sales, marketing and distribution systems to market our products, we will need to establish and maintain partnership arrangements, and we may not be able to enter into these arrangements on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that we enter into co-promotion or similar arrangements, any revenues we receive will depend upon the efforts of third parties, which will only partially be in our control and may not be successful. In any partnering arrangement, our product revenues would likely be lower than if we marketed and sold our products directly.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our commercial success depends upon the achievement of significant market acceptance of PHX1149 and future product candidates among physicians, patients, and healthcare payors.

 

None of our product candidates has been commercialized for any indication. Even if approved for sale by the appropriate regulatory authorities, physicians may not prescribe PHX1149 or any of our future product candidates, in which case we would not generate revenues or become profitable. PHX1149, if approved, will likely be one of several available DPP-4 inhibitors for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, including sitagliptin, which Merck & Co. Inc. markets worldwide as Januvia and Janumet, vildagliptin, which Novartis AG intends to market in Europe as Galvus and Eucreas, and alogliptin, for which Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited recently filed for marketing approval in the United States. Type 2 diabetes, as well as HCV infection, for which we are developing PHX1766, is currently treated by other therapies, some of which have been in existence for many years. Where other products currently are, or succeed in becoming, the standard of care before we achieve approval, it may be difficult to encourage healthcare providers to switch from these products.

 

Market acceptance of PHX1149 and any of our future product candidates by physicians, patients and healthcare payors will also depend on a number of additional factors, including:

 

   

the ability of PHX1149 to achieve significant market penetration, given the earlier entry of other DPP-4 inhibitors into the U.S. and European markets;

 

   

acceptance by physicians and patients of the product candidate as a safe and effective treatment;

 

   

actual and perceived advantages over alternative treatments;

 

   

the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

   

relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of side effects;

 

   

any labeling restrictions imposed by the FDA and other regulatory authorities;

 

   

the suitability of our product candidates for use in combination with other therapies for the same indications; and

 

   

the availability of adequate reimbursement by third parties.

 

If PHX1149 or any of our other product candidates are approved but do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, patients and healthcare payors, we may not generate sufficient revenues, and we may not become profitable.

 

Competition in the pharmaceutical industry is intense. If our competitors are able to develop and market products that are more effective, safer or less costly than any future products that we may develop, our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated.

 

We face competition from established and emerging pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, as well as from academic institutions, government agencies and private and public research institutions. Our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are more effective, have fewer side effects, are easier to administer or are less expensive than PHX1149 and any of our other product candidates. In addition, because our strategy is to develop product candidates directed toward clinically validated targets for which the pharmacological effect of a product candidate can be demonstrated in early-stage clinical trials, PHX1149 will not be, and we do not expect any of our other product candidates to be, the first to market for their respective indications or in their respective product classes. This strategy may not succeed as we seek to compete against established products. Further, significant delays in the development of PHX1149 or our other product candidates could allow multiple competitors to commercialize their products and establish them in the market before we do. Competitors may also reduce the price of their products in order to gain market share, forcing us to lower the price of our product candidates in order to compete effectively, potentially resulting in lower revenues.

 

14


Table of Contents

We anticipate that, if approved, PHX1149 would compete primarily with sitagliptin, which is currently the only DPP-4 inhibitor approved by the FDA and EMEA for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. We also expect that PHX1149 would compete in Europe with vildagliptin, which is currently approved for marketing in Europe as a fixed dose combination product with metformin, if vildagliptin is approved as a stand-alone therapy or in combination with other diabetes therapies. We may also face competition from other DPP-4 inhibitors, including alogliptin, for which Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited filed for marketing approval in the United States in January 2008, and saxagliptin, which is under development by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company and AstraZeneca PLC. Various other products to treat Type 2 diabetes also are available or are in development, including metformin, sulfonylureas, TZDs, GLP-1 analogs and insulins. Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., in collaboration with Tibotec Pharmaceuticals, Ltd., a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson, and Schering-Plough Corp. are each developing NS3/4A protease inhibitors for the treatment of HCV infection, and, if they receive FDA approval for their product candidates before we are able to complete the development of PHX1766, our ability to commercialize this product candidate would be impaired.

 

We cannot predict whether any of our product candidates, if successfully developed, will have sufficient advantages to cause healthcare professionals to adopt our products over competing products or whether our products, if approved, would offer an economically feasible alternative to competing products. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Established pharmaceutical and large biotechnology companies may invest heavily to advance the discovery and development of novel compounds or drug delivery technologies that could make our product candidates obsolete. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through strategic partnerships with larger and more established companies. These third parties may compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies and technology licenses complementary to our programs or advantageous to our business. Our ability to generate revenues will be harmed if our competitors succeed in obtaining patent or other intellectual property protection, receiving FDA approval or commercializing products before we do.

 

Even if we receive regulatory approval for a product candidate, we will be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expenses and limit our ability to commercialize our future products.

 

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for PHX1149 or our other product candidates may also be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing follow-up studies. For example, the FDA might impose labeling restrictions, similar to those for sitagliptin, on the use of PHX1149 in patients with impaired kidney function if we are unable to demonstrate in clinical trials that PHX1149 is sufficiently safe in those patients. If the FDA approves any of our product candidates, the labeling, packaging, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for the product will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. In addition, manufacturers of drug products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice and other regulations. If we or a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product or the product class, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturer or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may:

 

   

issue warning letters;

 

   

impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;

 

   

suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;

 

   

suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

 

15


Table of Contents
   

refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to applications filed by us;

 

   

impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements;

 

   

seize or detain products or require us to initiate a product recall; or

 

   

withdraw the product from the market.

 

In addition, the FDA’s policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted, which could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we might not be permitted to market our future products and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

 

Our ability to generate revenues from any products that we may develop will depend on reimbursement and drug pricing policies and regulations.

 

Many patients may be unable to pay for any products that we may develop. In the United States, many patients rely on Medicare, Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors to pay for their medical needs. Our ability to achieve acceptable levels of reimbursement for drug treatments by governmental authorities, private health insurers and other organizations will impact our ability to successfully commercialize, and attract collaborative partners to invest in the development of, our product candidates. We cannot be sure that reimbursement in the United States, Europe or elsewhere will be available for any products that we may develop, and any reimbursement that may become available may be decreased or eliminated in the future. Third-party payors increasingly are challenging prices charged for medical products and services, and many third-party payors may refuse to provide reimbursement for particular drugs when an equivalent generic drug is available. If a third-party payor considers any of our product candidates to be equivalent to an existing generic drug, the third-party payor may only offer to reimburse patients for the generic drug. Even if we show improved safety or efficacy with our product candidates, pricing of existing generic drugs may limit the amount we will be able to charge for our product candidates. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates, and may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on products that we may develop.

 

The trend toward managed healthcare in the United States and the changes in health insurance programs, as well as legislative proposals to reform healthcare or reduce government insurance programs, may result in lower prices for pharmaceutical products, including any products that we may market. In addition, any future regulatory changes regarding the healthcare industry or third-party coverage and reimbursement may adversely affect demand for any products that we may develop and could harm our sales and profitability.

 

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products abroad.

 

We intend to market our future products in international markets. In order to market our future products in the European Union and many other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain separate regulatory approvals. We have had limited interactions with foreign regulatory authorities, and the approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional testing. Also, the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required for FDA approval. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all, which could impair our ability to generate revenues from product sales outside the United States.

 

16


Table of Contents

Foreign governments often impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

 

We intend to seek approval to market our future products both in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions. If we obtain approval in one or more foreign jurisdictions, we will be subject to rules and regulations in those jurisdictions relating to those products. In some foreign countries, particularly countries in the European Union, prescription drug pricing is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a drug candidate. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our future product to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our future products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount in foreign jurisdictions, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels in these jurisdictions, we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

 

Recent federal legislation and actions by state and local governments may permit re-importation of drugs from foreign countries into the United States, including foreign countries where the drugs are sold at lower prices than in the United States, which could harm our operating results and our overall financial condition.

 

We may face competition for any of our product candidates, once approved, from lower priced products from foreign countries that have placed price controls on pharmaceutical products. The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or MMA, contains provisions that may change U.S. importation laws and expand pharmacists’ and wholesalers’ ability to import lower priced versions of our product candidates and competing products from Canada, where there are government price controls. These changes to U.S. importation laws will not take effect unless and until the Secretary of Health and Human Services certifies that the changes will pose no additional risk to the public’s health and safety and will result in a significant reduction in the cost of products to consumers. The Secretary of Health and Human Services has not yet announced any plans to make this required certification. As directed by Congress, a task force on drug importation conducted a comprehensive study regarding the circumstances under which drug importation could be conducted safely and the consequences of importation on the health, medical costs and development of new medicines for U.S. consumers. The task force issued its report in December 2004, finding that there are significant safety and economic issues that must be addressed before importation of prescription drugs is permitted. However, a number of federal legislative proposals have been made to implement the changes to the U.S. importation laws without any certification and to broaden permissible imports in other ways. Even if these changes do not take effect, imports from Canada and elsewhere may continue to increase due to market and political forces, and the limited enforcement resources of the FDA, the U.S. Customs Service and other government agencies. For example, a law that was passed in October 2006 expressly prohibits the U.S. Customs Service from using funds to prevent individuals from importing from Canada less than a 90-day supply of a prescription drug for personal use, when the drug otherwise complies with the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. Further, several states and local governments have implemented importation schemes for their citizens, and, in the absence of federal action to curtail such activities, we expect other states and local governments to launch importation efforts. The importation of foreign products that compete with any of our approved product candidates could negatively impact our profitability.

 

We may incur significant costs in complying with environmental laws and regulations, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations could expose us to significant liabilities.

 

We are subject to various environmental, health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous, radioactive and biological materials and wastes; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the ground, air or water; and the health and safety of our employees. We are required to obtain air emissions and other environmental permits from governmental authorities for our operations. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We use hazardous chemicals and radioactive and biological materials, and generate hazardous waste, in our business and are subject to a variety of federal,

 

17


Table of Contents

state and local laws and regulations governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination, injury or other damage arising out of hazardous or other regulated materials for which we are deemed liable, we could incur significant costs.

 

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates.

 

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the testing of our product candidates in clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. We may be held liable if any product that we develop causes injury or is found otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even the successful defense against these claims would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

injury to our reputation;

 

   

increased difficulty in recruiting, or the withdrawal of, clinical trial participants;

 

 

   

costs of related litigation;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to patients;

 

   

product recalls;

 

   

decreased demand for our products;

 

   

loss of revenues; and

 

   

our inability to continue marketing our products.

 

Our inability to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of pharmaceutical products that we develop. We currently carry product liability insurance covering our clinical trials in amounts that we believe are reasonable and adequate. However, our insurance carrier may not reimburse us, or our coverage may not be sufficient to reimburse us, for the expenses or losses that we may suffer. In addition, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive, and in the future we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or obtain insurance coverage that will be adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

 

We will need to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in the future as we grow our business and organization and to satisfy new reporting requirements.

 

As a public reporting company, we will need to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including expanded disclosures and accelerated reporting requirements and more complex accounting rules. Compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other requirements will increase our costs and require additional management resources. We recently have been upgrading our finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls and will need to continue to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls as we grow our business and organization and to satisfy new reporting requirements. Compliance with Section 404 will first apply to our annual report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2009. If we are unable to complete the required assessment as to the adequacy of our internal control reporting or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our internal controls over financial reporting, which could adversely affect our stock price and our ability to raise capital.

 

18


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

 

It is difficult and costly to protect our proprietary rights, and we may not be able to ensure intellectual property protection of our product candidates.

 

Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection for our product candidates, including their composition, their use and the methods used to manufacture them, as well as successfully defending our patents, if any, against third-party challenges. Our ability to protect our product candidates from unauthorized making, using, selling, offering to sell or importation by third parties is dependent upon the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents. Likewise, our ability to additionally protect information regarding these product candidates from misappropriation depends on the extent to which we have trade secret rights that cover this information. We currently hold one issued U.S. patent covering the composition of matter and method of use of PHX1149. We have filed multiple U.S. patent applications and foreign counterparts related to our DPP-4 inhibitor program, including PHX1149, as well as our NS3/4A protease inhibitor program, and may file additional U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our development programs. There can be no assurance that any patents will issue from these applications or that the claims under such patents, if issued, will have adequate scope to prevent others from practicing our inventions.

 

Even if we are able to obtain patents on our product candidates, any patent may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable or circumvented. A consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology patents has not emerged to date in the United States. The biotechnology patent situation outside the United States is even more uncertain. In addition, changes to patent laws and their interpretation, such as the new “obviousness” standard in the United States and the new rules of practice proposed by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, may limit our ability to secure all the rights to which we would have otherwise been entitled in the absence of these changes. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in any future patents that may issue from our patent applications.

 

The degree of future protection to be afforded by our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be developing compounds or related technologies with characteristics or applications similar to those of our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of our patents, if any are issued;

 

   

we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our pending patent applications;

 

   

we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

 

   

our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents;

 

   

any patents that may be issued on our patent applications may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid, unenforceable or so narrow in scope as to be easily circumvented as a result of legal challenges by third parties; or

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.

 

We also may rely on trade secrets to protect our technology, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to our competitors, and our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using any of our trade secrets is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets.

 

19


Table of Contents

We sometimes engage individuals or entities to conduct research that may be relevant to our business. We may grant these individuals or entities rights to publish or otherwise publicly disclose data and other information generated during the course of their research, subject to certain contractual limitations. These contractual provisions may be insufficient or inadequate to protect our trade secrets and may impair our patent rights. If we do not apply for patent protection prior to such publication or if we cannot otherwise maintain the confidentiality of our technology and other confidential information, then our ability to receive patent protection or protect our proprietary information may be jeopardized.

 

If our license agreement relating to DPP-4 is terminated or if we are not able to enter into license agreements necessary for the development of our product candidates, our competitive position and business prospects will be harmed.

 

We are a party to a nonexclusive, royalty-bearing, worldwide sublicense, which gives us rights to third-party intellectual property relating to the use of DPP-4 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes or lowering glucose levels. This license is necessary for the development and commercialization of PHX1149, and we may need to enter into additional licenses to third-party intellectual property in the future, although we currently have no plans to do so.

 

This license agreement is nonexclusive, which means our licensor may license the applicable patent rights to third parties, including our competitors. Our licensor also may terminate its license agreement with us in the event we breach the agreement and fail to cure the breach within a specified period of time. In addition, the original licensors of the intellectual property may terminate their license agreements with our licensor, which may leave some of our activities and/or product candidates unlicensed if we are unable to license the applicable technology directly from the original licensors. Other license agreements into which we may enter in the future may also contain similar provisions. Without sufficient exclusivity or protection for the intellectual property we license, other companies might be able to offer substantially identical products for sale, which could harm our competitive business position.

 

We may incur substantial costs as a result of litigation or other proceedings relating to patent and other intellectual property rights.

 

Our ability to commercialize any approved products will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain patents, enforce those patents and operate without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. There can be no assurance that any patents that issue from our patent applications or any patents that are licensed to us will provide sufficient protection to conduct our business as presently conducted or as proposed to be conducted, or that we will remain free from infringement claims by third parties.

 

There can also be no assurance that patents owned by us will not be challenged by others. We could incur substantial costs in proceedings, including interference proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and litigation before the U.S. federal courts addressing the scope, validity or enforceability of our patents, as well as comparable proceedings before similar agencies and courts in other countries in connection with any claims that may arise in the future. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions about the patentability of our inventions and products, as well as about the enforceability, validity or scope of protection afforded by our patents.

 

Patent applications in the U.S. and elsewhere are typically published only after 18 months from the priority date. The publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature frequently occurs substantially later than the date on which the underlying discoveries were made. Therefore, patent applications relating to products similar to our product candidates and any future products may have already been filed by others without our knowledge. In the event an infringement claim is brought against us, we may be required to pay substantial legal and other expenses to defend such a claim and, if we are unsuccessful in defending the claim, we may be prevented from pursuing related product development and commercialization and may be subject to damage awards.

 

20


Table of Contents

Many of our competitors are large pharmaceutical companies that are able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could impair our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations, in-license technology that we need, out-license our existing technologies or enter into collaborations that would assist in bringing our product candidates to market.

 

We have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

 

As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. In September 2005, ActivX Biosciences, Inc., or ActivX, filed a complaint in the Superior Court of California in the County of San Diego alleging, among other things, that we and some of our employees who were previously employed with ActivX misappropriated trade secrets of ActivX relating to DPP-4 inhibitor technology. The litigation of those claims was costly and distractive to our management, and in August 2006, we settled the litigation on terms that have required, and will require, payments that have had, and will have, an impact on our financial resources. To date, we have paid ActivX $1.5 million, and we may have to make additional payments in connection with the achievement of certain development milestones, as well as royalty payments on net sales of products covered under the agreement, which would include PHX1149. Under the license agreement, we granted to ActivX a fully paid-up, royalty-free, co-exclusive, worldwide license to develop and commercialize products under certain of our patents and patent applications not including those relating to PHX1149 and related analogs.

 

Although no similar claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to additional future claims under which third parties allege that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims, and we may be required to settle such claims on terms that are not favorable to us. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

 

Risks Related to Our Finances and Capital Requirements

 

We expect our net operating losses to continue for at least several years, and we are unable to predict the extent of future losses.

 

We have incurred losses in each year since our inception in July 2001. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we had a net loss of $27.8 million. As of September 30, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $92.9 million. These losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have a significant negative effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. We expect to continue to incur operating losses for at least the next several years as we pursue the clinical development and potential commercialization of PHX1149 and future product candidates, continue our preclinical and drug discovery programs and increase general and administrative expenses to comply with public company reporting requirements. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our development efforts and other factors, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if ever. In addition, even if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, our losses may increase, at least initially, because we may incur significantly higher sales, marketing and outsourcing expenses, including those required to manufacture commercial supplies, as well as continued research and development expenses for other product candidates.

 

We will need substantial additional funding and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which would force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or commercialization efforts.

 

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since our inception in July 2001. To date, our sources of cash have been limited primarily to private placements of preferred stock and debt. We expect to

 

21


Table of Contents

continue to spend substantial amounts on development, including significant amounts on conducting clinical trials for PHX1149, preclinical studies and clinical trials for PHX1766, and expanding our drug discovery and development programs. Our cash flows used for operating activities in 2006 was an average of approximately $2.2 million per month, compared to an average of approximately $2.6 million per month during the nine months ended September 30, 2007. We expect that our monthly cash used by operations will continue to increase for the next several years and that increases will be significantly greater when we commence our planned Phase 3 clinical trials for PHX1149.

 

We do not believe our existing capital resources and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund our operations through the successful development and commercialization of any of our product candidates. As a result, we will need to raise additional capital following this offering to fund our operations and continue to conduct clinical trials to support potential regulatory approval of PHX1149 and our other product candidates. In addition, we could spend our available financial resources much faster than we currently expect. In December 2007, we entered into an amendment to our existing loan and security agreement with Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C., or Pinnacle, pursuant to which affiliates of Pinnacle have agreed to advance additional loans to us in an aggregate principal amount of up to $12.0 million on or before May 31, 2008. Under the terms of the loan and security agreement, however, we will not be able to borrow these additional amounts from Pinnacle if we are in default with respect to any outstanding loans or if there has been a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

 

The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

the number, scope and progress of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials for PHX1149, including expenses to support the trials;

 

   

the costs and timing of regulatory approvals;

 

   

our progress in advancing PHX1766 and other programs through preclinical development into clinical trials;

 

   

the costs and timing of clinical and commercial manufacturing supply arrangements for our product candidates;

 

   

the costs of establishing sales or distribution capabilities;

 

   

the success of the commercialization of our products;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, including licensing and other arrangements; and

 

   

the costs involved in enforcing or defending patent claims or other intellectual property rights.

 

Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenues and achieve profitability, we expect to finance future cash needs through public or private equity offerings, debt financings or corporate collaboration and licensing arrangements, as well as through interest income earned on our cash balances. We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may have to delay, scale back or discontinue one or more of our drug development programs. We also may be required to relinquish, license or otherwise dispose of rights to product candidates or products that we would otherwise seek to develop or commercialize on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available.

 

Raising additional funds by issuing securities or through licensing or lending arrangements may cause dilution to you, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish proprietary rights.

 

We may raise additional funds through public or private equity offerings, debt financings or licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, your

 

22


Table of Contents

ownership will be diluted and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or entering into licensing arrangements. For example, our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle contains restrictions on our ability to grant security interests in or transfer our property, our ability to be acquired through a merger, consolidation or similar transaction without the prior written consent of Pinnacle and our ability to incur various types of additional indebtedness. If we raise additional funds through licensing arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish potentially valuable rights to our product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If adequate funds are not available, our ability to achieve profitability or to respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited and we may be required to delay, significantly curtail or eliminate the development of one or more of our product candidates.

 

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

 

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated results from and any delays in our clinical trials;

 

   

actual or anticipated regulatory approvals, or other actions taken by regulatory agencies, with respect to our product candidates or competing products;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our product candidates, including but not limited to clinical trial requirements for approvals;

 

   

the success of our preclinical development efforts and clinical trials;

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

   

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

   

new technologies, products or services introduced or announced by us or our competitors and the timing of these introductions or announcements;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of collaborative arrangements, significant acquisitions or capital commitments;

 

   

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

conditions or trends in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries;

 

   

general economic and market conditions and other factors that may be unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

sales of common stock or other securities by us or our stockholders in the future; and

 

   

trading volume of our common stock.

 

23


Table of Contents

In addition, the stock market in general and the market for biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. After this offering, we will have             shares of common stock outstanding, or             shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

 

Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering that generally restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our common stock for at least 180 days from the date of this prospectus. The lock-up agreements, together with restrictions under the securities laws described in this prospectus under the caption “Shares Eligible for Future Sale,” limit the number of shares of common stock that may be sold immediately following the public offering.

 

All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except for any shares purchased by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Substantially all of the remaining 32,751,776 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will be available for sale after the expiration of the contractual lock-up period, subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In addition, as of December 31, 2007, there were 4,078,352 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and 957,440 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, substantially all of which, after expiration of the contractual lock-up period, will be available for sale subject to Rule 144. Morgan Stanley and Credit Suisse could release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to expiration of the lock-up period.

 

After this offering, the holders of approximately 33,022,060 shares of common stock, including 957,299 shares underlying outstanding warrants, will be entitled to rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If such holders, by exercising their registration rights, cause a large number of securities to be registered and sold in the public market, these sales could have an adverse effect on the market price for our common stock. If we were to initiate a registration and include shares held by these holders pursuant to the exercise of their registration rights, these sales may impair our ability to raise capital.

 

We have broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering.

 

We currently intend to use the proceeds from this offering to fund the first of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of PHX1149 for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, the repayment of amounts borrowed under our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle and our ongoing preclinical studies and planned Phase 1 clinical trials of PHX1766 for the treatment of HCV infection. We also intend to use the proceeds from this offering for other drug discovery and development programs and working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to obtain the right to use complementary technologies and product opportunities. Because of the numerous factors and uncertainties relating to our business, our use of proceeds may vary

 

24


Table of Contents

substantially from their currently anticipated use. As a result, management will have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds from this offering and could spend these proceeds in ways that do not generate revenues, make us profitable or enhance the value of our common stock.

 

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders.

 

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions include:

 

   

a classified board of directors;

 

   

authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;

 

   

limiting the ability of our stockholders to remove directors without good cause;

 

   

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders; and

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.

 

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder. This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it is desired by, or beneficial to, our stockholders.

 

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exercise significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.

 

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, together with their respective affiliates, currently beneficially own approximately 93.7% of our voting stock, including shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, and we expect that upon completion of this offering, that same group will continue to hold at least     % of our outstanding voting stock. Accordingly, even after this offering, these stockholders will be able to exert a significant degree of influence over our management and affairs and over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of our board of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could have a material and adverse effect on the fair market value of our common stock.

 

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to limitation.

 

Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an annual limit on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that may be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone significant changes in its stock ownership or equity structure. Our ability to use net operating losses may be limited by prior changes in our ownership, by the issuance of common stock in this offering, or by the consummation of other transactions. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may become subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liabilities for us.

 

25


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. These statements are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot assure you that the events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

 

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the section entitled “Risk Factors” that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future partnerships, collaborations or other strategic transactions that we may enter into or investments we may make. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other industry data. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

26


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $            million, or $            million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Of the net proceeds received from this offering, we intend to use approximately:

 

   

$34.0 million for our ongoing Phase 2b clinical trials and the first of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of PHX1149 for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, including the cost of producing clinical supplies of PHX1149;

 

   

$6.9 million for the repayment of amounts borrowed under our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle, assuming that we borrow the additional $12.0 million available on or before May 31, 2008 under the December 2007 amendment to the agreement; and

 

   

$11.5 million for our ongoing preclinical studies and planned Phase 1 clinical trials of PHX1766 for the treatment of HCV infection, including the cost of producing preclinical and clinical supplies of PHX1766.

 

We intend to use a substantial portion of the remainder of our net proceeds for our other drug discovery and development programs, working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to obtain the right to use complementary technologies and product opportunities. We have no current understandings, commitments, or agreements with respect to any acquisition of or investment in any technologies, products or companies.

 

Pursuant to the terms of our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle, as amended in December 2007, affiliates of Pinnacle have agreed to make additional term loans of up to $12.0 million to us on or before May 31, 2008. We are obligated to pay interest on each advance at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate in effect as of the date of each loan, plus two percent. Repayments on each loan will include an interest-only period of six months, followed by 30 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. The proceeds have been and will be used for general corporate purposes.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds from this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the progress of our development and commercialization efforts, the progress of our clinical trials, whether or not we enter into strategic collaborations or partnerships, and our operating costs and expenditures. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering.

 

The costs and timing of drug development and regulatory approval, particularly in conducting clinical trials, are highly uncertain, are subject to substantial risks and can often change. Accordingly, we may change the allocation of these proceeds as a result of contingencies, such as the progress and results of our clinical trials and other development activities, the establishment of collaborations, our manufacturing requirements and regulatory or competitive developments. In addition, we do not believe our existing capital resources and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund our operations through the successful development and commercialization of any of our product candidates. Accordingly, we expect that we will need to raise additional funds.

 

Pending use of the proceeds from this offering as described above or otherwise, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term interest-bearing, investment grade securities.

 

27


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid dividends on our common or preferred stock. Our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle contains restrictions on our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. These restrictions, however, will terminate upon the effective date of this registration statement. Our board of directors will continue to have discretion in determining whether to declare or pay dividends, which will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings, if any, for the development, operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of indebtedness. Accordingly, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

28


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2007:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect the receipt by us of net proceeds of approximately $18.3 million from the sale of 4,410,923 shares of Series C preferred stock in a private financing transaction in January 2008; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 32,006,100 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the receipt by us of net proceeds of $            million from the sale of the             shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections entitled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2007  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
     (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands, except share and

per share data)

 

Notes payable

   $ 7,364     $ 7,364     $ 7,364  

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 28,393,378 shares authorized, 27,595,177 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted(2).

     28       32        

Common stock, $.001 par value; 34,000,000 shares authorized, 349,240 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 32,355,340 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(2)

              

Additional paid-in capital

     124,454       142,799    

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (92,910 )     (92,910 )     (92,910 )
                        

Total stockholders’ equity

     31,572       49,921    
                        

Total capitalization

   $ 38,936     $ 57,285     $    
                        

 

  (1)   A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
  (2)   The number of shares authorized as of September 30, 2007 does not reflect increases in the number of shares of authorized preferred stock and common stock in connection with our issuance of a warrant to purchase up to 173,077 Series C preferred stock in connection with the amendment of our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle in December 2007 and our issuance of 4,410,923 shares of Series C preferred stock in a private financing transaction in January 2008.

 

29


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the assumed initial offering price of $            per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the completion of this offering. As of September 30, 2007, we had a historical net tangible book value of $31.6 million, or approximately $1.13 per share of common stock, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2007, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amounts of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our common shares outstanding after taking into account the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock.

 

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2007 was $49.9 million, or approximately $1.54 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the historical net tangible book value per share, adjusted to give effect to (i) our receipt of approximately $18.3 million in gross proceeds from the sale of 4,410,923 shares of Series C preferred stock in a private financing transaction in January 2008 and (ii) the conversion of all those shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock.

 

After giving effect to the sale by us of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2007 would have been approximately $            million, or approximately $            per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $            per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Initial public offering price per share

      $             

Historical net tangible book value per share of common stock as of September 30, 2007, including the assumed conversion of shares of preferred stock

   $ 1.13   

Per share pro forma adjustment due to issuance of Series C preferred stock and assumed conversion of those shares into common stock

     .41   
         

Pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2007

   $ 1.54   

Increase per share attributable to new investors

     
         

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after offering

     
         

Dilution of net tangible book value per share to new investors

      $  
         

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2007 by approximately $            million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            and the dilution to new investors in this offering by $            per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            per share, the increase per share attributable to new investors would be $            per share and the dilution to new investors would be $            per share.

 

30


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2007, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The table gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of September 30, 2007 into 27,595,177 shares of common stock and the conversion of the additional shares of our Series C preferred stock issued in our January 2008 private financing transaction into 4,410,923 shares of our common stock, both of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
      Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)

Existing stockholders

           %   $                          %   $             

New investors

            
                                

Total

   $      100 %   $      100 %   $  
                                

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, sales by us in this offering will reduce the percentage of shares held by existing stockholders to     % and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to     , or     %.

 

31


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods presented. You should read the following financial information together with the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to these consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2007 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Operating results for these periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year or in future periods.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Period
from July 30,
2001
(inception)
through
September 30,
2007
 
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007    
                                  (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

  $ 1,061     $ 2,751     $ 6,271     $ 11,075     $ 22,800     $ 15,522     $ 21,340     $ 65,420  

General and administrative

    1,424       2,513       2,878       3,871       6,129       5,039       4,582       21,704  
                                                               

Total operating expenses

    2,485       5,264       9,149       14,946       28,929       20,561       25,922       87,124  
                                                               

Operating loss

    (2,485 )     (5,264 )     (9,149 )     (14,946 )     (28,929 )     (20,561 )     (25,922 )     (87,124 )

Interest income

    173       161       127       457       655       530       774       2,347  

Interest expense

    (2 )     (103 )     (201 )     (456 )     (372 )     (239 )     (480 )     (1,634 )

Other income (expense), net

    18       35       (81 )     (26 )     (47 )     (28 )     (27 )     (125 )
                                                               

Net loss from continuing operations

    (2,296 )     (5,171 )     (9,304 )     (14,971 )     (28,693 )     (20,298 )     (25,655 )     (86,536 )

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    (2,171 )     (2,675 )     (2,840 )     304       915       484       95       (6,374 )
                                                               

Net loss

  $ (4,467 )   $ (7,846 )   $ (12,144 )   $ (14,667 )   $ (27,778 )   $ (19,814 )   $ (25,560 )   $ (92,910 )
                                                               

Net loss per share from continuing operations, basic and diluted

  $ (50.55 )   $ (122.10 )   $ (134.44 )   $ (81.89 )   $ (109.48 )   $ (82.65 )   $ (106.33 )  

Net (loss) income per share from discontinued operations, basic and diluted

    (47.79 )     (63.17 )     (41.03 )     1.66       3.49       1.97       .39    
                                                         

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (98.34 )   $ (185.27 )   $ (175.47 )   $ (80.23 )   $ (105.99 )   $ (80.68 )   $ (105.94 )  
                                                         

Weighted average shares, basic and diluted

    45,422       42,350       69,208       182,804       262,098       245,579       241,283    
                                                         

Pro forma net loss per share from continuing operations, basic and diluted(1)

          $ (2.23 )     $ (1.26 )  

Pro forma net income per share from discontinued operations, basic and diluted(1)

            .07         .01    
                           

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

          $ (2.16 )     $ (1.25 )  
                           

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

            12,883,670         20,475,231    
                           

 

  (1)   The pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of September 30, 2007 into 27,595,177 shares of our common stock but does not give effect to the conversion of the shares of Series C preferred stock issued in a private financing transaction in January 2008 into 4,410,923 shares of our common stock.

 

32


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,    

As of
September 30,

2007

 
     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006    
                                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,339     $ 11,785     $ 9,042     $ 12,971     $ 6,291     $ 42,184  

Working capital

     7,038       12,450       5,996       9,778       2,518       35,546  

Total assets

     9,071       16,676       13,821       17,553       8,378       44,351  

Notes payable

           1,444       6,886       4,472       3,346       7,364  

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (4,915 )     (12,761 )     (24,905 )     (39,572 )     (67,350 )     (92,910 )

Total stockholders’ equity

     8,104       14,030       4,018       9,056       1,387       31,572  

 

33


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read together with our consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations and involves risk and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology, such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. For example, statements regarding our expectations as to future financial performance, expense levels and liquidity sources are forward-looking statements. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in our forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel small-molecule product candidates directed toward clinically validated targets in significant therapeutic markets. We designed our product candidates to have improved efficacy, safety or convenience relative to existing therapies and other product candidates in clinical development. Our lead product candidate, PHX1149, is a dipeptidyl peptidase-4, or DPP-4, inhibitor that we are developing as an oral, once-daily treatment for Type 2 diabetes. We recently completed enrollment of our 445 patient Phase 2b clinical trial of PHX1149, designed to measure the reduction in HbA1c when PHX1149 is administered in combination with existing drugs for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. Pending positive results from our ongoing Phase 2b clinical trials, we expect to commence Phase 3 clinical trials of PHX1149 in the second half of 2008. Our second product candidate, PHX1766, is a protease inhibitor currently in preclinical development for the treatment of hepatitis C virus, or HCV, infection. We expect to commence Phase 1 clinical trials of PHX1766 in the second half of 2008. We discovered our product candidates using our “fast-follower” strategy for drug discovery, which is directed toward clinically validated therapeutic targets for which the pharmacological effect of a product candidate can be demonstrated in early-stage clinical trials. Using this approach, we advanced PHX1149 into human clinical trials 27 months after initiating our DPP-4 inhibitor discovery program.

 

To date, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to our drug discovery and development efforts, comprising research and development, protecting our intellectual property and the general and administrative support of these operations. Since our inception in July 2001, we have not generated revenues from continuing operations, and we have funded our operations principally through the private placement of preferred stock and debt. We generated revenues in prior periods through an Australian subsidiary in connection with a collaboration agreement between us and Genentech, Inc., or Genentech. Upon the termination of this agreement in the third quarter of 2006, we closed our Australian subsidiary and reclassified the results of operations of the business to discontinued operations.

 

In December 2007, we entered into an amendment to our existing $8.0 million loan and security agreement with Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C., or Pinnacle, pursuant to which affiliates of Pinnacle have agreed to make additional loans to us in principal amount of up to $12.0 million on or before May 31, 2008. These loans will bear interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate in effect as of the date of each loan, plus two percent. Repayments on each loan will include an interest-only period of six months, followed by 30 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. In connection with the amendment to the loan and security agreement, we issued to Pinnacle a warrant to purchase up to 173,077 shares of our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share.

 

In January 2008, we completed a private financing transaction, pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 4,410,923 shares of Series C preferred stock for gross proceeds of approximately $18.3 million.

 

We have never been profitable, and, as of September 30, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $92.9 million. We expect to incur significant and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable

 

34


Table of Contents

future as we advance our product candidates from discovery through preclinical studies and clinical trials to seek regulatory approval and eventual commercialization. We expect that research and development expenses will increase along with general and administrative costs, as we grow and operate as a public company. We will need to generate significant revenues to achieve profitability and we may never do so.

 

Financial Operations Overview

 

Revenue

 

We have not generated any revenues from continuing operations since our inception. We will seek to generate revenues from collaborative partners through a combination of research funding, up-front license fees, milestone payments and royalties, or revenue-sharing or profit-sharing.

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

Research and development expenses consist of: (i) license fees paid to third parties for use of their intellectual property; (ii) expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations and investigative sites, which conduct a substantial portion of our preclinical studies and all of our clinical trials; (iii) payments to contract manufacturing organizations, which produce our active pharmaceutical ingredients; (iv) payments to consultants; (v) employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation; and (vi) facilities, depreciation and other allocated expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and equipment, depreciation of leasehold improvements and equipment and laboratory and other supplies. All research and development expenses are expensed as incurred.

 

The table below sets forth our research and development expenses by project since 2004 as a percentage of total research and development expenses for the applicable period. We commence separately tracking the costs for a project when it merits a substantial increase in the level of resources devoted to it.

 

     Percentage of Research and
Development by Project
 
   DPP-4     HCV     Other
Research
Programs(1)
    Total  

2004

   53 %       47 %   100 %

2005

   72     5 %   23     100  

2006

   79     19     2     100  

Nine months ended September 30, 2007

   75     20     5     100  

 

  (1)   The costs of early-stage projects are not tracked separately and are included under “Other Research Programs.”

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for personnel in administration, finance and business development. Other significant expenses include legal expenses to pursue patent protection of our intellectual property, allocated facility costs and professional fees for general legal services. We expect general and administrative expense to increase as our business grows and we begin operating as a public company. These increases likely will include salaries and related expenses, legal and consultant fees, accounting fees, director fees, increased directors’ and officers’ insurance premiums, fees for investor relations services and enhanced business systems.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense consists primarily of interest paid on our notes payable balances and the amortization of debt issuance costs as a result of warrants to purchase our common and preferred stock issued in connection with the notes.

 

35


Table of Contents

Interest Income

 

Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.

 

Income Taxes

 

Due to our historical operating losses, we have not had to record a provision for income taxes. We had net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future federal and state taxable income of $63 million and $42 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2006, as well as federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively, available to offset future federal and state taxes. The net operating loss and credit carryforwards expire at various dates through 2021. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in our ownership may result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and research and development carryforwards that could be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and taxes payable. At December 31, 2006, we recorded a 100% valuation allowance against our net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $63 million, as our management believes it is uncertain that they will be fully realized. If we determine in the future that we will be able to realize all or a portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, an adjustment to our net operating loss carryforwards would increase net income in the period in which we make such a determination.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

In the third quarter of 2006, we and Genentech, Inc. reached an agreement to terminate our collaboration agreement, which was entered into in July 2004. The collaboration related to our forward genetics technology, which we are no longer developing and which is unrelated to our product candidates and current strategy for drug discovery. In connection with the termination of this agreement, we closed our Australian subsidiary and reclassified the results of operations of the business to discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. We generated revenues through our subsidiary during 2004, 2005 and 2006 under the collaboration agreement and through a government grant. Operations of the subsidiary ceased in August 2006, and we dissolved the entity in October 2007.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

 

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments related to nonclinical development costs, clinical development costs, and drug manufacturing costs. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

Preclinical Study and Clinical Trial Accruals

 

We estimate preclinical study and clinical trial expenses based on the services received pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on our behalf. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of

 

36


Table of Contents

services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, we adjust the accrual accordingly. The financial terms of these agreements vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven expenses and payment flows. Preclinical study and clinical trial expenses include:

 

   

fees paid to contract research organizations in connection with preclinical studies;

 

   

fees paid to contract research organizations and clinical research organizations in connection with clinical trials; and

 

   

fees paid to contract manufacturers and service providers in connection with the production and testing of active pharmaceutical ingredients and drug materials for preclinical studies and clinical trials.

 

Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the milestones accomplished, successful enrollment of certain numbers of patients, site initiation and the completion of clinical trial milestones. To date, we have not experienced any events requiring us to make material adjustments to our accruals for service fees. If we do not identify costs that we have begun to incur or if we underestimate or overestimate the level of services performed or the costs of these services, our actual expenses could differ from our estimates. Adjustments to our estimates are recorded as they become evident.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Through December 31, 2005, we accounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangements using the intrinsic value method in accordance with the recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion, or APB, No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if any, on the date of grant between the fair value of our common stock and the exercise price of the stock option. For periods prior to December 31, 2005, we have complied with the disclosure-only provisions required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.

 

Under APB No. 25, stock-based compensation expense is recognized for employee stock options granted at exercise prices that, for financial reporting purposes, were determined to be below the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. No grants through December 31, 2005 were made at less than the fair value of the underlying common stock.

 

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, or SFAS No. 123R, which requires compensation costs related to share-based transactions, including employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on fair value. SFAS No. 123R revises SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB No. 25. We adopted SFAS No. 123R using the prospective transition method. Under this method, compensation cost is measured and recognized for all share-based payments granted, modified and settled subsequent to December 31, 2005. In accordance with the prospective transition method, our financial statements for 2005 and prior periods have not been restated to reflect and do not include the impact of SFAS No. 123R.

 

We selected the Black-Scholes valuation model as the most appropriate valuation method for stock option grants. The fair value of these stock option grants is estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions for stock options granted during 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007
 

Risk-free interest rate

   5.16 %   4.47 %

Dividend yield

   0.0 %   0.0 %

Weighted-average expected life (in years)

   6.08     6.08  

Volatility

   85.5 %   54.26 %

Estimated forfeitures

   5.00 %   4.36 %

 

37


Table of Contents

Calculating the fair value of stock-based compensation requires the input of subjective assumptions. As allowed by SAB No. 107, Share-Based Payment, we have elected to use the simplified method for estimating the expected term of our options. We estimated the expected volatility of our common stock during 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 based on an average of the historical volatilities of publicly traded industry peers. These industry peers consist of several public companies in the biopharmaceutical industry that we selected on the basis of various criteria, as more fully described below. The change in expected volatility from December 31, 2006 to September 30, 2007 reflects changes in the composition of our peer group during this period as we advanced our clinical program and progressed toward an initial public offering. We will continue to analyze the historical stock price volatility and expected life assumptions as more historical data for our common stock become available. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on U.S. Treasury instruments whose term was consistent with the expected life of our stock options. We have never paid, and do not anticipate paying, any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore used an expected dividend yield of zero in our option pricing model. In addition, SFAS No. 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We estimated forfeitures based on historical experience. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, we accounted for forfeitures as they occurred.

 

We amortize the fair value of each option on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period which is generally the vesting period.

 

In connection with the preparation of the financial statements necessary for the filing of this registration statement, we have reassessed the fair value of our common stock at option grant dates from January 2006 to the present. We prepared a contemporaneous market-based valuation of our common stock as of December 2007 in order to reassess retrospectively the estimated fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes. Our selection of the market-based approach is consistent with the methods outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, given our stage of development and near-term prospect of a liquidity event. Determining the fair value of our stock requires us to make complex and subjective judgments. These judgments and estimates include determinations of the appropriate valuation methods and, when utilizing a market-based approach, the selection and weighting of appropriate market comparables. For these and other reasons, the reassessed fair values used to compute stock-based compensation expense for financial reporting purposes may not reflect the fair values that would result from the application of other valuation methods, including accepted valuation methods for tax purposes. In addition, due to the retrospective nature of the analysis, any retrospective valuation includes substantial additional information that was not known or reasonably ascertainable at the time of the original valuation determinations, such as the probability of completing an initial public offering, a company’s actual performance, its ability to obtain required funding, the ability to mitigate potential risks and other factors.

 

Our reassessment considered the following significant events:

 

   

the release of data from our Phase 2a clinical trial of PHX1149 in January 2007;

 

   

our issuance of 6,610,577 shares of Series C preferred stock at $4.16 per share in February 2007;

 

   

the commencement of our Phase 2b clinical trial of PHX1149 in patients with Type 2 diabetes in April 2007;

 

   

our identification of PHX1766 as a development candidate for the treatment of HCV infection in June 2007;

 

   

the completion and report of long-term toxicology studies for PHX1149 in July 2007;

 

   

the convening of our end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA to discuss the chemistry, manufacturing and control processes for PHX1149 in September 2007; and

 

   

our issuance of 6,610,577 shares of Series C preferred stock at $4.16 per share in September 2007.

 

38


Table of Contents

The contemporaneous market-based valuation utilized estimates of the probability of an initial public offering, acquisition or continued operation as a private company. The initial public offering scenario estimated our enterprise value based on discussions with investment bankers and through the evaluation of seven biopharmaceutical companies that we selected, based on the following attributes:

 

   

the entity completed an initial public offering after January 1, 2006;

 

   

the entity has published data from a Phase 2a clinical trial but has not completed enrollment in a Phase 3 clinical trial; and

 

   

the entity has a proprietary lead product candidate that is not subject to a partnering or collaboration agreement, and is directed toward indications generally treated other than by specialists, such as diabetes, obesity and cardiovascular indications.

 

The acquisition scenario evaluated our enterprise value by examining purchase prices in recently-completed mergers or acquisitions of nine companies at a similar stage of development. The stay-private scenario evaluated our enterprise value through a discounted cash flow approach. Using this market-based approach, we obtained a per share price for our common stock of $4.86 as of December 2007, which was calculated using our fully diluted capitalization prior to this offering. Considering our market-based determination of our enterprise value noted above, we then reassessed the fair value of our common stock during prior periods.

 

For periods prior to January 1, 2007, we believe the estimated fair value determinations originally made by our board of directors remain appropriate due to the following:

 

   

during this time period, we had progressed only a single program to the clinical stages of development;

 

   

we closed our Australian subsidiary in the third quarter of 2006, upon the termination of our collaboration agreement with Genentech;

 

   

as of the end of 2006, we did not have results from our Phase 2a clinical study for PHX1149;

 

   

also at the end of 2006, we had limited working capital, and, even with the availability of $4.5 million from our venture debt facility with Pinnacle, we had less than one quarter’s remaining operating funds available to us; and

 

   

our ability to raise additional equity at reasonable valuation hinged on the Phase 2a results for PHX1149, which did not occur until 2007.

 

Even though we did not grant any options during the first quarter of 2007, we did consider events occurring during that period that would impact the value of our common stock. During the first quarter we received the results of our Phase 2a trial for PHX1149 and completed a $27.5 million Series C stock financing. These two events were significant milestones in our history. Accordingly, we believe that the best indication of fair value of our common stock in the first quarter of 2007 is the price paid for the 6,610,577 shares of our Series C preferred stock sold in February 2007. We believe that the financing was completed at terms equivalent to an arm’s length transaction, as 33% of the proceeds were received from a new investor. To arrive at our reassessed value of our common stock, we first allocated, from the unit price of $4.16, $.22 for the value of the warrants issued in connection with the February 2007 Series C stock financing as determined by the Black-Scholes method. Second, we applied a 10% discount to the preferred per share amount of $3.94 to account for the rights privileges and preferences of the preferred stock. The Series C preferred stock included liquidation and dividend preferences, antidilution protection and voting preferences. On the date of issuance, these provisions were considered significant. Accordingly, we believe the 10% discount is reasonable, resulting in a fair value of $3.55.

 

For options granted on April 17, 2007, to purchase a total of 711,900 shares we utilized $3.55 because the options were granted in close proximity to the completion of the February 2007 Series C stock financing. Additionally, the options were granted out of the increase to the options available for grant under our 2001 employee stock option plan approved concurrent with that financing.

 

39


Table of Contents

For options granted on July 17, 2007 to purchase a total of 129,900 shares, we used the same methodology; however, we did not apply the 10% discount for the preferences, resulting in a fair value of $3.94. The incremental increase from April 17, 2007 is supported by the identification of PHX1766 as a development candidate in June 2007 and our further progression toward a potential liquidity event.

 

For options granted on September 18, 2007 to purchase a total of 1,103,250 shares, we believe the best indication of fair value is the completion of the September 2007 Series C stock financing, pursuant to which we sold an additional 6,610,577 shares of Series C preferred stock, at $4.16 per share with gross proceeds of $17.5 million.

 

The following is a summary of the results of our common stock reassessment for financial reporting purposes at each quarter-end in the reassessment period. The summary includes the reassessed value based on a retrospective reassessment and the number of equity instruments issued on the following dates:

 

    

April 17,
2007

  

July 17,

2007

  

September 18,
2007

Exercise price

   $ .43    $ .43    $ .66

Reassessed fair value per share of common stock

   $ 3.55    $ 3.94    $ 4.16

Options granted

     711,900      129,900     
1,103,250

 

There were no adjustments made to the terms of existing grants that were a direct result of our reassessment process.

 

As a result of our Black-Scholes option fair value calculations and the allocation of value to the vesting periods using the straight-line vesting attribution method, we recognized employee-stock based compensation in the statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007

General and administrative expenses

   $ 12,000    $ 621,000

Research and development expenses

     7,000      196,000

 

The total compensation cost related to unvested stock option grants not yet recognized as of September 30, 2007 was $6.2 million, and the weighted-average period over which these grants are expected to vest is 3.26 years.

 

40


Table of Contents

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at September 30, 2007 was $            million, of which $            million and $            million related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

 

We record equity instruments issued to non-employees as expense at their fair value over the related service period as determined in accordance with SFAS No. 123R and EITF Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods and Services, and we periodically revalue them as the equity instruments vest. As of September 30, 2007, we had outstanding equity instruments subject to vesting representing 15,625 shares of common stock issued to non-employees.

 

The 2008 stock option and incentive plan and 2008 employee stock purchase plan that are expected to be approved by our board of directors and stockholders prior to the completion of this offering would be considered compensatory plans and compensation expense would be recorded in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123R. Compensation expense will depend on the level of enrollment in the 2008 employee stock purchase plan and assumptions used in the determination of the fair market value of the stock at date of grant.

 

Results of Operations

 

We expect to incur increasing research and development expenses in future periods as we conduct more research and perform preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidate pipeline. Our strategy includes entering into collaborations with third parties to participate in the development and commercialization of some of our product candidates. As a result, we cannot predict our future research and development expenses with any degree of certainty.

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Increase
(Decrease)
    % Increase
(Decrease)
     2006     2007      
     (in thousands, except percentages)

Research and development expenses

   $ 15,522     $ 21,340     $ 5,818     38%

General and administrative expenses

     5,039       4,582       (457 )   (9)

Interest income

     530       774       244     46

Interest expense

     (239 )     (480 )     (241 )   (101)

Other expense, net

     (28 )     (27 )     1     4

Income from discontinued operations, net

     484       95       (389 )   (80)

 

Research and development expenses. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily the result of increased costs associated with the development of PHX1149, including increases of $3.8 million in clinical costs resulting from the commencement of the Phase 2b trial, $2.2 million in drug manufacturing costs and $.9 million in non-clinical study costs. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in expenses during the nine months ended September 30, 2007 attributable to our payment in February 2006 of $2.5 million in license fees.

 

General and administrative expenses. In September 2005, ActivX Biosciences, Inc., or ActivX, filed a complaint in the Superior Court of California in the County of San Diego alleging, among other things, that we and some of our employees who were previously employed with ActivX misappropriated trade secrets of ActivX relating to DPP-4 inhibitor technology. The decrease in general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 relative to the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was due primarily to $1.7 million in costs incurred during 2006 for legal expenses and settlement fees associated with our litigation with ActivX.

 

41


Table of Contents

Interest income. The increase in interest income was attributable to higher average cash balances during 2007 as a result of our Series C preferred stock financings in February and September 2007.

 

Interest expense. The increase in interest expense was attributable to higher average debt balances during 2007 as a result of an $8 million debt agreement entered into during November 2006.

 

Income from discontinued operations. Income from discontinued operations is comprised of the results of operations of our wholly owned Australian subsidiary, which was closed upon the termination of a collaboration agreement with Genentech in the third quarter of 2006. Net income was derived in 2006 upon the recognition of deferred revenue balances associated with upfront payments less costs incurred to close the facility. Net income was derived in 2007 upon the reversal of accruals no longer deemed necessary.

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2006

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Increase
(Decrease)
    % Increase
(Decrease)
     2005     2006      
     (in thousands, except percentages)

Research and development expenses

   $ 11,075     $ 22,800     $ 11,725     106%

General and administrative expenses

     3,871       6,129       2,258     58

Interest income

     457       655       198     43

Interest expense

     (456 )     (372 )     84     18

Other expense, net

     (26 )     (47 )     (21 )   (81)

Income from discontinued operations, net

     304       915       611     201

 

Research and development expenses. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily the result of increased costs associated with the development of PHX1149, including increases of $5.1 million consisting primarily of $2.5 million in license fees, $3.9 million in clinical costs, $2.3 million in drug manufacturing costs and $.2 million in non-clinical study costs.

 

General and administrative expenses. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due primarily to $1.7 million in costs incurred during 2006 for legal expenses and settlement fees associated with our litigation with ActivX.

 

Interest income. The increase in interest income was attributable to higher average cash balances during 2006 as a result of our Series B preferred stock financing in March 2006.

 

Interest expense. The increase in interest expense was attributable to lower average debt balances during 2006 as a result of the maturity of several notes payable.

 

Income from discontinued operations. Net income from discontinued operations increased in 2006 as a result of the recognition of deferred revenue balances upon the termination of our collaboration with Genentech.

 

42


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2005

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Increase/
(Decrease)
    %
Increase/
(Decrease)
 
     2004     2005      
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development expenses

   $ 6,271     $ 11,075     $ 4,804     77 %

General and administrative expenses

     2,878       3,871       993     35  

Interest income

     127       457       330     260  

Interest expense

     (201 )     (455 )     (254 )   (126 )

Other expense, net

     (81 )     (26 )     55     68  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

     (2,840 )     304       3,144     111  

 

Research and development expenses. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily the result of increased costs associated with the development of PHX1149, including increases of $.8 million in clinical costs, $1.9 million in drug manufacturing costs, and $2.1 million in non-clinical study costs.

 

General and administrative expenses. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due primarily to $.3 million in additional salary expense as result of the hiring of additional administrative personnel. Increased fees associated with accounting and legal services and depreciation expense also contributed to the increase.

 

Interest income. The increase in interest income was attributable to higher average cash balances during 2005 as a result of our Series B preferred stock financing.

 

Interest expense. The increase in interest expense was attributable to higher average debt balances during 2005 as a result of a $5.0 million debt agreement entered into during December 2004.

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations. Our discontinued operations moved to profitability during 2005 due to a $2.7 million increase in revenue recognized on our collaboration with Genentech.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We have incurred losses since our inception in July 2001 and, as of September 30, 2007, we have a deficit accumulated of $92.9 million. We anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for at least the next several years. We expect that our development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, we will need to generate significant revenues from product sales or through a combination of research funding, up-front license fees, milestone payments and royalties, revenue-sharing or profit-sharing from collaborations.

 

43


Table of Contents

Since our inception in July 2001 through September 30, 2007, we have funded our operations principally through the private placement of equity securities, which has provided aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $121.8 million. In addition, we raised gross proceeds of approximately $18.3 million from the sale of 4,410,923 shares of Series C preferred stock in January 2008. We also have generated funds from debt financings. In 2006 we entered into a loan agreement and, as of September 30, 2007, we had borrowed $8.0 million for use as working capital. As of September 30, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $42.2 million. Cash in excess of immediate requirements is invested in accordance with our investment policy primarily with a view to liquidity and capital preservation. Currently, our funds are invested in short-term obligations of United States government agencies and money market funds.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Operating Expenses from Continuing Operations:

  

Net cash (used in) operating activities

   $ (8,273 )   $ (13,167 )   $ (26,619 )   $ (20,047 )   $ (22,978 )

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     5,712       (278 )     (173 )     (162 )     (46 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

     7,444       17,355       19,265       18,437       58,786  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

   $ 4,883     $ 3,910     $ (7,527 )   $ (1,772 )   $ 35,762  

 

During 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and September 30, 2007, our operating activities used cash of $8.3 million, $13.2 million, $26.6 million, $20.0 million and $23.0 million, respectively. The use of cash in all periods primarily resulted from our net losses and changes in our working capital accounts. The increase in cash used in operations in all periods was due primarily to an increase in research and development activities as noted above.

 

During 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and September 30, 2007, our investing activities provided (used) cash of $5.7 million, $(0.3 million), $(0.2 million), $(0.2 million) and $(0.1 million), respectively. The net cash provided in 2004 primarily resulted from the maturity of short-term investments. The net cash used in 2005, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 was attributable to purchases of property and equipment.

 

During 2004, 2005, and 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and September 30, 2007, our financing activities provided net cash of $7.4 million, $17.4 million, $19.3 million, $18.4 million and $58.8 million, respectively. The net cash provided in 2004 was primarily the result of proceeds from the sale and issuance of 1,904,762 shares of Series A3 preferred stock in July 2004 for net proceeds of $2.0 million, and $6.1 million in proceeds from the issuance of notes payable, which were partially offset by the payment of notes payable of $.7 million. The net cash provided by financing activities in 2005 was primarily a result of the sale and issuance of 5,715,826 shares of Series B preferred stock in April 2005 for net proceeds of $19.8 million, partially offset by the repayment of notes payable in the amount of $2.4 million. The cash provided by financing activities in 2006 was primarily a result of the sale and issuance of 5,715,826 shares of Series B preferred stock in March 2006 for net proceeds of $20.0 million, and $3.5 million in proceeds from the issuance of notes payable, which were partially offset by the payment and repayment of notes payable of $4.2 million. The cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was primarily the result of the sale and issuance of 5,715,826 shares of Series B preferred stock in March 2006 for net proceeds of $20.0 million, which were partially offset by the payment and repayment of notes payable of $1.5 million. The net cash provided by financing operations in the nine months ended September 30, 2007 is primarily the result of the proceeds from the sale and issuance of a total of 13,221,154 shares of Series C preferred stock at $4.16 per share in February 2007 and September 2007 for aggregate net proceeds of $54.8 million and $4.5 million in proceeds from borrowings under our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle, which was partially offset by the

 

44


Table of Contents

repayment of notes payable in the amount of $.6 million. In connection with the first Series C financing in February 2007, we issued to the participants in the financing warrants to purchase an aggregate of 661,058 shares of Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share.

 

In December 2007, we entered into an amendment to our existing $8.0 million loan and security agreement with Pinnacle, pursuant to which affiliates of Pinnacle have agreed to make additional loans to us in an aggregate principal amount of up to $12.0 million on or before May 31, 2008. Borrowings under this amendment will bear interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate in effect as of the date of each loan, plus two percent. Repayments on each loan will include an interest-only period of six months, followed by 30 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. In connection with the amendment to the loan and security agreement, we issued to Pinnacle a warrant to purchase up to 173,077 shares of our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share. To date, there have been no borrowings under this amendment, although we expect to borrow the $12.0 million available to us under the amendment before May 31, 2008.

 

In January 2008, we completed a private financing transaction, pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 4,410,923 shares of Series C preferred stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $18.3 million.

 

Operating Capital Requirements. We anticipate we will continue to incur net losses for the next several years as we incur expenses to start our Phase 3 clinical trials for PHX1149, complete preclinical studies and clinical development of PHX1766, build commercial capabilities and expand our corporate infrastructure. We may not be able complete the development of these programs if, among other things, our preclinical research and clinical trials are not successful and the FDA does not approve these product candidates when we expect, or at all.

 

Based on our current operating plan, we believe our existing capital resources, including the $12.0 million in additional loans that we may borrow under the December 2007 amendment to our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle, the $18.3 million of proceeds from our issuance and sale of 4,410,923 shares of Series C preferred stock in January 2008 and the interest from our investments, will be sufficient to meet our currently anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed in “Risk Factors.”

 

We do not believe the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund our operations through the successful development and commercialization of any of our product candidates. As a result, we will need to raise additional capital following this offering to fund our operations and continue to conduct clinical trials to support potential regulatory approval of PHX1149 and our other product candidates. To raise additional capital, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. The sale of additional equity and debt securities may result in additional dilution to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict our operations.

 

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products, we are unable to estimate the exact amounts of our working capital requirements. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the progress of our clinical trials of PHX1149, including expenses to support the trials;

 

   

the costs and timing of regulatory approvals;

 

   

our progress in advancing PHX1766 through preclinical development into clinical trials;

 

   

the costs and timing of clinical and commercial manufacturing supply arrangements for our product candidates;

 

45


Table of Contents
   

the costs of establishing sales or distribution capabilities;

 

   

the success of the commercialization of our products;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, including licensing and other arrangements; and

 

   

the costs involved in enforcing or defending patent claims or other intellectual property rights.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at September 30, 2007:

 

     Payments Due by Period
     Total    Less than 1
year
   1-3 years    4-5 years    More than 5
years

Debt(1)

   $ 8,652    $ 3,218    $ 5,434    $    $

Operating lease obligations(2)

     2,826      775      2,051          

Contract research commitments

     468      197      271          
                                  

Total(3)

   $ 11,946    $ 4,190    $ 7,756    $    $
                                  

  (1)   In November 2006, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Pinnacle to borrow up to $8.0 million. In connection with the loan and security agreement, we granted Pinnacle a first priority security interest in all of our assets, except our intellectual property. Borrowings under the loan and security agreement have an interest only period of six months followed by thirty equal payments of principal and interest. Under the loan and security agreement, we borrowed $2.5 million, $1.0 million and $3.5 million in November 2006, December 2006, and June 2007, respectively. The notes issued by us in connection with these borrowings all bear interest at a fixed rate of 10.25%. As of September 30, 2007, we had an outstanding principal balance of approximately $7.6 million under the loan and security agreement. Through September 30, 2007, we had made payments totaling approximately $.8 million on the notes. Our last payment on these notes will be made in June 2010. The amounts in the table above include interest and principal repayments on these notes. In December 2007, we entered into an amendment to our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle, pursuant to which affiliates of Pinnacle have agreed to make additional loans to us in aggregate principal amount of up to $12.0 million on or before May 31, 2008. To date, there have been no borrowings pursuant to this amendment. The amounts in the table above do not include any potential interest and principal repayments to Pinnacle for additional amounts we expect to borrow under the December 2007 amendment.
  (2)   Includes the minimum rental payments for our primary laboratory and office facility in San Diego, California expiring in January 2011. Also includes the minimum rental payments for an additional office facility pursuant to a lease and sublease entered into in January 2008, which will expire in January 2011. The rent for each of our facilities is subject to a 3.5% annual increase for the duration of the lease or sublease, as applicable.
  (3)   Excludes a $2.5 million milestone payment due upon our initiation of Phase 3 clinical trials for PHX1149, up to $13.5 million in potential additional payments due upon the achievement of regulatory and commercial milestones, the earliest of which would be payable upon the filing of an NDA or our entry into a collaboration, strategic partnership or license transaction.

 

46


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, (FIN 48) to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement and classification of amounts relating to uncertain tax positions, accounting for and disclosure of interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and transition relating to the adoption of the new accounting standard. FIN 48 is effective for eligible nonpublic enterprises for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. We will adopt FIN 48 as of January 1, 2008. We do not expect that the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. Under the standard, fair value measurements would be separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Our adoption of SFAS No. 157 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. SFAS No. 159 provides entities with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value, rather than at historical value with any amortization adjustments. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Our adoption of SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2007, the EITF of the FASB reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 07-03, Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities. Under EITF 07-03, nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities should be deferred and capitalized. Such amounts should be expensed as the related goods are delivered or services are performed. If we change our expectations such that we do not expect the goods to be delivered or services to be rendered, the capitalized advance payment should be charged to expense. EITF No. 07-03 is effective for new contracts entered into beginning January 1, 2008. We have not yet determined the impact that EITF No. 07-03 will have on our financial statements.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates, but we have taken steps intended to mitigate this risk by holding investments in less volatile securities. As of December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $6.3 million and $42.2 million, respectively. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our cash equivalents are in short-term marketable securities. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. Accordingly, we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our securities portfolio.

 

47


Table of Contents

Borrowings under our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle, as amended in December 2007, bear interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate in effect as of the date of each loan, plus two percent. As of September 30, 2007, we had an outstanding balance of $7.6 million under our loan and security agreement with Pinnacle. All currently outstanding amounts bear interest at a fixed rate of 10.25%. Because the rate of interest for borrowings under the loan and security agreement is fixed at the time of each loan, an increase in the prime rate would not result in any change to our interest obligations with respect to amounts currently outstanding, although it could make future borrowings more costly.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

 

We are exposed to a number of risks relating to fluctuations in foreign currencies. We make payments in the ordinary course of business in non-U.S. dollar denominated amounts, including payments to clinical research sites. Fluctuations in the exchange ratio of the U.S. dollar and these foreign currencies will have the effect of increasing or decreasing our expenses even if there is a constant amount of expense in such foreign currencies. For example, if the U.S. dollar strengthens against a foreign currency, then our expenses will decrease given a constant payment amount in such foreign currency.

 

We do not currently hedge our foreign currency exchange rate risk. Because we have closed our wholly-owned Australian subsidiary and because most of our obligations to foreign contract research organizations are denominated in U.S. dollars, we do not believe that a change in the value of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies would have a material impact on our operating results or financial condition.

 

48


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel small-molecule product candidates directed toward clinically validated targets in significant therapeutic markets. We designed our product candidates to have improved efficacy, safety or convenience relative to existing therapies and other product candidates in clinical development. Our lead product candidate, PHX1149, is a dipeptidyl peptidase-4, or DPP-4, inhibitor that we are developing as an oral, once-daily treatment for Type 2 diabetes. We have completed a four-week Phase 2a clinical trial for PHX1149, which demonstrated a statistically significant reduction in postprandial, or post-meal, blood glucose levels. In 12-week clinical trials of other DPP-4 inhibitors, postprandial glucose levels have been shown to be correlated with reductions in hemoglobin A1c, or HbA1c, a measure of blood glucose control. The FDA typically approves diabetes medications based primarily on safety and on effectiveness in lowering HbA1c levels. We recently completed enrollment of our 445 patient, 12-week Phase 2b clinical trial of PHX1149, designed to measure the change in HbA1c when PHX1149 is administered in combination with existing drugs for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. Pending positive results from our ongoing Phase 2b clinical trials, we expect to commence Phase 3 clinical trials of PHX1149 in the second half of 2008. Our second product candidate, PHX1766, is a protease inhibitor currently in preclinical development for the treatment of hepatitis C virus, or HCV, infection. We expect to commence Phase 1 clinical trials of PHX1766 in the second half of 2008. We discovered our product candidates using our “fast-follower” strategy for drug discovery, which is directed toward clinically validated therapeutic targets for which the pharmacological effect of a product candidate can be demonstrated in early-stage clinical trials. Using this strategy, we are identifying additional product candidates that we expect to advance into clinical development. We currently retain worldwide rights to both of our product candidates.

 

We are developing PHX1149 for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, a chronic disease associated with abnormally high levels of glucose in the blood. Type 2 diabetes affects more than 160 million people worldwide, including approximately 18 million people in the United States. According to the American Diabetes Association, direct and indirect expenditures related to diabetes comprise 11% of all U.S. healthcare expenditures. In 2006, worldwide sales of diabetes medications totaled approximately $21 billion, with approximately $12 billion spent on oral anti-diabetic medications, or OADs. Despite existing therapies and increasing awareness of the need for careful glucose control, nearly two-thirds of patients diagnosed with Type 2 diabetes do not achieve and maintain proper control of blood glucose, as measured by HbA1c. Furthermore, many existing therapies result in common side effects, including an increased risk of hypoglycemia, or abnormally low blood glucose levels, weight gain and gastrointestinal problems, as well as less common adverse events such as heart attacks and congestive heart failure. As a result, we believe there is a need for improved therapies for Type 2 diabetes.

 

DPP-4 inhibitors represent a new class of OADs that improve the control of blood glucose and have a favorable tolerability profile. Sitagliptin, marketed by Merck & Co., Inc. as Januvia and Janumet, is the first DPP-4 inhibitor approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, and the European Agency for the Evaluation of Medicinal Products, or EMEA, for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. From its commercial launch in October 2006 through September 2007, sitagliptin has generated approximately $500 million in worldwide sales. Although sitagliptin represents a significant advancement in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, its product label reports various common side effects, including upper respiratory tract infections, nasal congestion and headache, as well as rare adverse events such as serious allergic and hypersensitivity reactions.

 

Sitagliptin and other DPP-4 inhibitors under development have exhibited similar efficacy profiles as measured by reductions in HbA1c. As a result, we believe DPP-4 inhibitors will be differentiated in the market primarily based on their tolerability and convenience. Based on the results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, we believe PHX1149 has the potential to compete with sitagliptin and other DPP-4 inhibitors in development for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. In our Phase 2a clinical trial, the overall safety profile of PHX1149 was not significantly different from placebo. We have designed our ongoing and future clinical trials of PHX1149 to determine the level of HbA1c

 

49


Table of Contents

reduction in patients treated with an oral, once-daily administration of PHX1149 in monotherapy or in combination with other Type 2 diabetes therapies, and to further define the safety and tolerability of PHX1149.

 

Our second product candidate, PHX1766, is an orally available NS3/4A protease inhibitor, which we are developing for the treatment of HCV infection. HCV is the most common chronic blood-borne viral infection in the United States and a leading cause of liver failure, liver transplants and liver cancer. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or the CDC, estimate that approximately 3.2 million people in the United States are chronically infected with HCV. The current standard of care for the treatment of HCV infection is a combination therapy of injected pegylated interferon and orally-administered ribavirin. However, this combination therapy has been associated with side effects, including neuropsychiatric and autoimmune disorders, anemia that may lead to heart attacks and an increased risk of birth defects or death of an unborn child. The side effect profile of the standard of care, together with its long duration of therapy and the requirement that interferon be administered by injection, may reduce patients’ motivation to initiate or continue HCV therapy under the standard of care. Furthermore, among patients infected with HCV genotype 1, the most prevalent form of HCV in the United States, only 42% to 46% achieve a sustained viral response, or SVR, which is defined as the absence of a detectable amount of HCV in the blood six months after completion of therapy.

 

Unlike interferons, which work by stimulating the immune system’s response to viral infection, HCV protease inhibitors directly target the virus by inhibiting NS3/4A protease, an enzyme that is necessary for viral replication. When tested in Phase 2 clinical trials, NS3/4A protease inhibitors have reduced the levels of virus in the blood and, when added to the standard of care, provided greater SVR rates and a shorter duration of therapy compared to the standard of care alone. Based on our preclinical data, we believe PHX1766 may offer advantages over other HCV protease inhibitors in development, including an improved dosing regimen, higher potency and greater selectivity. We expect to commence clinical trials of PHX1766 in the second half of 2008.

 

We have an active discovery program focused on enzyme targets, specifically proteases, kinases and polymerases, which play a role in human diseases. Our strategy focuses on identifying new chemical entities directed toward clinically validated targets and for which a pharmacological effect can be demonstrated in early-stage clinical trials. We believe that by pursuing this strategy, we can reduce the risk associated with novel targets and the time required to advance a product candidate into clinical trials. Using this approach, we advanced PHX1149 into human clinical trials 27 months after initiating our DPP-4 inhibitor discovery program.

 

PHX1149 for the Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes

 

Type 2 Diabetes Overview

 

Type 2 diabetes is a complicated metabolic disorder that involves multiple components, including loss of sensitivity to the effects of insulin, a decrease in the body’s ability to produce insulin and overproduction of glucose by the liver. Normally, insulin regulates blood glucose levels by stimulating uptake and utilization of blood glucose in muscle and fat. Obesity, physical inactivity, positive family history of diabetes and aging are associated with an increased risk of developing Type 2 diabetes. The disease begins with insulin resistance, where the cells do not respond to insulin properly, causing blood glucose levels to increase. Over time, uncontrolled blood glucose levels persist and worsen due to the creation of a cycle in which higher blood glucose levels put more demand on the pancreas to produce insulin, which eventually causes beta cells, the insulin-producing cells in the pancreas, to lose their ability to produce enough insulin to control blood sugar. Uncontrolled diabetes results in abnormally high blood sugar levels, a condition known as hyperglycemia. Long-term hyperglycemia causes damage to large and small blood vessels, leading to a significantly increased risk of cardiovascular events, impaired kidney function, blindness, and nerve damage with pain in the extremities and poor circulation, which may necessitate amputation.

 

Type 2 diabetes accounts for approximately 90% of all diagnosed cases of diabetes. The World Health Organization estimates that more than 180 million people worldwide are afflicted with diabetes, and this figure is

 

50


Table of Contents

projected to more than double by 2030. In 2005, there were approximately 20.8 million diabetics in the United States, comprising approximately 7% of the total U.S. population. Of these individuals, 14.6 million were diagnosed. According the American Diabetes Association, diabetes cost the American economy approximately $132 billion in 2002 in medical expenditures and lost productivity, with $92 billion in direct medical expenditures attributable to diabetes.

 

Limitations of Current Therapies for Type 2 Diabetes

 

Treatment of Type 2 diabetes is a complex, multi-step behavioral and medical approach to manage a patient’s blood glucose levels. The difficulty of managing Type 2 diabetes increases over time due to the progressive nature of the disease. Physicians generally prescribe modified diet and increased exercise when a patient is first diagnosed with Type 2 diabetes. However, lifestyle modifications often fail to achieve or maintain the target HbA1c goal of less than 7%, as recommended by the American Diabetes Association, and most patients will require drug therapy.

 

Most Type 2 diabetes patients initiate drug therapy with metformin, which works by lowering glucose production by the liver. Metformin is recommended as the initial drug therapy for Type 2 diabetes because of its efficacy, relatively low risk of side effects and low cost. However, many patients who begin treatment with metformin alone fail to maintain acceptable levels of blood glucose. According to an article published in the New England Journal of Medicine, 21% of patients fail metformin monotherapy at five years after treatment initiation, with failure defined as fasting plasma glucose of more than 180 mg per deciliter. In addition, an uncommon, but potentially fatal, side effect of treatment with metformin is lactic acidosis, which is caused by a buildup of lactic acid in the blood.

 

Due to the heterogeneous nature of the Type 2 diabetes patient population, current treatment guidelines suggest a variety of options for add-on medical treatment beyond lifestyle modification and metformin. Most commonly, physicians prescribe one of two classes of OADs, sulfonylureas and thiazolidinediones, or TZDs, both of which present significant risk of adverse side effects. Sulfonylureas, which have been available since the 1950s, work by stimulating beta cells in the pancreas to produce insulin. Relative to other OADs, advantages of sulfonylureas include their low cost and ability to achieve a rapid lowering of blood sugar. However, sulfonylureas may cause side effects, including weight gain and hypoglycemia. In addition, sulfonylureas do not slow the loss of beta cell function and may actually accelerate the death of beta cells. TZDs include pioglitazone, marketed by Eli Lilly & Company and Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited as Actos, and rosiglitazone, marketed by GlaxoSmithKline PLC as Avandia. This class of drugs works by increasing glucose uptake by skeletal muscle. TZDs appear to preserve the function of beta cells in the pancreas, thereby slowing the progression of Type 2 diabetes. However, TZDs are also associated with an increased risk of certain side effects, such as edema, or fluid retention, which leads to significant weight gain, and congestive heart failure and other cardiovascular events which may be life-threatening, such as heart attacks.

 

For patients with significantly higher levels of blood glucose, such as those with HbA1c greater than 8.5%, some physicians may recommend injected insulin therapy in addition to lifestyle modification and OADs. Potential side effects of injected insulin include weight gain and a significant risk of hypoglycemia. In addition, frequent injections reduce patient acceptance of, and compliance with, this therapeutic approach.

 

Exenatide, marketed by Eli Lilly & Company and Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. as Byetta, is the first in a new class of Type 2 diabetes drugs known as glucagon-like peptide-1, or GLP-1, analogs. GLP-1 is an incretin, a naturally occurring hormone produced in the digestive system. In the presence of elevated glucose levels, such as after a meal, GLP-1 slows the emptying of the stomach, causes the brain to produce satiety signals and increases insulin secretion by improving the response of pancreatic beta cells to glucose stimulus, which reduces blood glucose by stimulating glucose uptake in tissues. In addition, GLP-1 causes the pancreas to produce less glucagon, which in turn causes the liver to produce less glucose. However, naturally occurring GLP-1 lasts only a few minutes in the body before it is naturally broken down by the enzyme DPP-4. Exenatide is a synthetic

 

51


Table of Contents

protein that works by the same mechanism as GLP-1 but lasts longer in the body. Exenatide may preserve beta cell function and also promotes weight loss, an important benefit in Type 2 diabetes patients, many of whom are overweight. However, patients who are on exenatide must administer the drug as a twice-daily injection and also experience a high rate of nausea, contributing to the discontinuation of treatment by approximately 29% of patients.

 

Many Type 2 diabetes patients are treated with multiple drugs in an effort to lower blood glucose levels and thereby reduce the risk of complications from the disease. The choice of what drug or drugs a particular patient uses to treat Type 2 diabetes involves many factors, including efficacy, severity of disease, patient compliance and the presence and type of co-existing conditions in the patient. Despite the side effect profiles and other limitations of traditionally prescribed OADs, insulin and incretins, worldwide sales of diabetes therapies totaled approximately $21 billion in 2006.

 

DPP-4 Inhibitors: A New Class of Oral Anti-Diabetic Treatments

 

DPP-4 inhibitors represent the most recently approved class of agents for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. DPP-4 inhibitors prevent the enzyme DPP-4 from breaking down GLP-1, thereby increasing the levels of this hormone in the digestive tract and the blood. The increased levels of intact GLP-1 stimulate insulin production by the pancreatic beta cells and reduce glucagon production by the pancreas, both of which result in reduced blood glucose levels. In clinical trials to date, DPP-4 inhibitors have been well tolerated and have provided clinically meaningful reductions in HbA1c when used as the sole medical treatment, as well as important incremental decreases in HbA1c when used in combination with other anti-diabetic medications. DPP-4 inhibitors also offer several advantages over other types of diabetes therapies, including:

 

   

Absence of weight gain and edema. Unlike insulin, TZDs and sulfonylureas, DPP-4 inhibitors have not been associated with weight gain or edema.

 

   

Low risk of hypoglycemia. GLP-1 is most active when blood glucose levels are elevated and loses its activity when blood glucose is in the normal range. Unlike insulin and sulfonylureas, DPP-4 inhibitors have no effect once glucose levels reach a normal range. As a result, patients treated with DPP-4 inhibitors do not face an increased risk of hypoglycemia, which can be life-threatening in diabetics, compared to patients treated with insulin and sulfonylureas.

 

   

Potential for improved beta cell function. The beneficial effects of DPP-4 inhibitors on beta cells are believed to be due to their ability to enhance beta cell regeneration and inhibit beta cell apoptosis, or cell death. As a result, DPP-4 inhibitors may maintain, or even improve, beta cell function, resulting in greater insulin production and addressing one of the underlying causes of Type 2 diabetes and its progression.

 

In clinical trials, DPP-4 inhibitors, administered as monotherapy or in combination with other OADs, generally have been well tolerated and significantly reduced HbA1c levels. DPP-4 inhibitors have a mechanism of action similar to GLP-1 analogs, but with the advantage of oral administration, while GLP-1 analogs must be administered by injection. In addition, DPP-4 inhibitors do not appear to cause nausea, which has been observed in patients treated with exenatide. Because of their novel mechanism of action relative to other OADs, their ability to be administered orally and their safety profile, DPP-4 inhibitors represent an attractive therapy for use either in combination with other OADs or as a standalone therapy.

 

Sitagliptin, approved by the FDA in October 2006 and by the EMEA in March 2007, is the first DPP-4 inhibitor to be commercialized for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. The commercial launch of sitagliptin has been one of the most successful among OADs, with worldwide sales of approximately $500 million in its first year on the market. The commercial success of sitagliptin demonstrates the demand for new OADs and the importance of DPP-4 inhibitors as a new class of treatments for Type 2 diabetes. The use of sitagliptin, both in combination with other therapies and as a standalone treatment, has expanded as physician awareness of the advantages of DPP-4 inhibitors and safety concerns surrounding TZDs have increased.

 

52


Table of Contents

While sitagliptin represents a significant improvement in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, it has been associated with several complications. In particular, sitagliptin’s product label indicates that patients treated with the drug have experienced various common side effects, including upper respiratory tract infections, nasal congestion and headache, as well as rare adverse events such as serious allergic and hypersensitivity reactions; anaphylaxis, a severe, whole-body allergic reaction; angioedema, or swelling under the skin, and Stevens-Johnson Syndrome, a severe skin reaction involving blistering of the skin.

 

In February 2007, Novartis AG, or Novartis, received an “approvable” letter from the FDA for its DPP-4 inhibitor, vildagliptin, which means that the FDA is prepared to approve vildagliptin for marketing in the United States if certain conditions are met. However, we believe these conditions, which may include a large new clinical trial, make it unlikely that Novartis will seek approval for vildagliptin in the United States before 2010, or at all. In September 2007, the EMEA recommended vildagliptin for commercial sale in Europe, but with revisions to the recommended dosage on the product label due to observations of elevated levels of certain liver enzymes, which indicate adverse effects on the liver in patients treated with the once-daily higher dose. In January 2008, Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited announced the filing of a new drug application, or NDA, with the FDA for its DPP-4 inhibitor, alogliptin, for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. Based on published information, alogliptin appears to have a higher volume of distribution within the body than PHX1149. We believe there is a significant need for an improved DPP-4 inhibitor that addresses the limitations of sitagliptin and other DPP-4 inhibitors.

 

PHX1149: Our DPP-4 Inhibitor

 

Our lead product candidate, PHX1149, is an oral, once-daily DPP-4 inhibitor for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. We completed our 174 patient 28-day Phase 2a clinical trial of PHX1149 in patients with Type 2 diabetes, which demonstrated that PHX1149 was well tolerated and met its primary endpoint of reduction in postprandial glucose levels in the intent-to-treat population. We have completed enrollment of our 445 patient, 12-week Phase 2b clinical trial of PHX1149, and, pending positive results from this trial, we expect to commence Phase 3 clinical trials of PHX1149 in the second half of 2008.

 

Our Phase 2a and preclinical data suggest that PHX1149 has the potential to compete favorably with sitagliptin and other DPP-4 inhibitors in development due to the following characteristics:

 

 

 

Efficacy. In our 28-day Phase 2a clinical trial, patients treated with PHX1149 experienced increased levels of GLP-1 and reduced postprandial glucose levels, similar to other DPP-4 inhibitors. Based on these results, we expect PHX1149 will demonstrate significant reductions in HbA1c in our 12-week Phase 2b clinical trial.

 

   

Tolerability. PHX1149 demonstrates low cross-reactivity with other cellular targets closely related to DPP-4. We believe this characteristic reduces the potential for off-target effects from PHX1149 relative to less selective DPP-4 inhibitors. PHX1149 was well tolerated in our Phase 2a clinical trial. Overall adverse events in patients treated with PHX1149 in the Phase 2a trial did not differ significantly from placebo.

 

   

Convenience. In our Phase 2a clinical trial, we observed that mean percent inhibition of the DPP-4 enzyme at 24 hours after administration in patients treated with PHX1149 was 53%, 73% and 78% in the 100 mg, 200 mg and 400 mg dose levels, respectively, and maximal DPP-4 inhibition exceeded 80% for all dose levels. Based on these results, we believe PHX1149 will be suitable for oral, once-daily administration with no time-of-day restrictions. From our study of food interaction in our Phase 1 clinical trials, we also expect that PHX1149 can be administered without regard to the timing of meals.

 

We also believe PHX1149 may have an improved safety profile relative to other DPP-4 inhibitors due to the following combination of characteristics:

 

   

Stable concentration profile over time. In our Phase 2a clinical trial, the concentration of PHX1149 in the blood stayed within a five-fold range over a 24-hour period. The stable drug levels of PHX1149 in the blood over time may enable PHX1149 to avoid potential safety concerns relative to other DPP-4 inhibitors in development that have a more pronounced peak of concentration shortly after administration.

 

53


Table of Contents
   

Limited distribution within the body. DPP-4 is expressed both in the blood and locally in tissues. In addition to degrading GLP-1, DPP-4 also degrades other proteins, such as Substance P, that are locally expressed in tissues and promote inflammation there. Due to their inhibition of the DPP-4 present in tissues, DPP-4 inhibitors that penetrate into tissues may increase the risk of unintended inflammatory effects, such as sinus inflammation, nasal congestion and headache. Our studies demonstrate that PHX1149 has a low volume of distribution and negligible penetration into cells. Thus, PHX1149 may have a more limited distribution within the body than other DPP-4 inhibitors. As a result, we believe that PHX1149 may be less likely to cause some of the adverse events that have been reported in patients treated with other DPP-4 inhibitors that penetrate into tissues.

 

   

Favorable metabolism and excretion profile. Because PHX1149 is not metabolized in the liver, it is not susceptible to potential issues related to chemical by-products, or metabolites, which typically occur when drugs are broken down by the liver. Furthermore, PHX1149 does not interfere with the liver enzymes that metabolize other drugs, which reduces the potential for drug-drug interactions. Additionally, our data indicate that PHX1149 is excreted through the kidneys by means of a passive transport process, which may be preferred to active transport in patients with impaired kidney function.

 

Development History and Status

 

After completing extensive preclinical testing in animal diabetes models and the toxicology studies required by the FDA, we began our Phase 1 clinical trial of PHX1149 in healthy volunteers in September 2005. We filed an investigational new drug application, or IND, which included data from our Phase 1 clinical trials, with the FDA in March 2006. We initiated our first clinical trial of PHX1149 in Type 2 diabetes patients in the United States, Mexico and Australia in April 2006 and completed data analysis of this 28-day trial in January 2007. In April 2007, we initiated our 12-week Phase 2b clinical trial of PHX1149 in 445 Type 2 diabetes patients. The primary endpoint in this trial is change in HbA1c when PHX1149 is administered in combination with existing drugs for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. We have completed enrollment in our Phase 2b clinical trial and expect data from this trial to be available in the first half of 2008.

 

Phase 2a clinical trial results. We conducted a multi-center, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, four-week trial of PHX1149 in 174 Type 2 diabetes patients who had suboptimal metabolic control and a baseline HbA1c of 7.3% to 11.0%. The patients were randomized 1:1:1:1 to receive once-daily oral administrations of either PHX1149 (in 100, 200, or 400 mg doses) or placebo. Throughout the duration of the trial, patients also received a constant background therapy of either metformin alone, or metformin and a TZD.

 

Treatment with PHX1149 at each of the three dose levels met the primary endpoint of the trial, demonstrating a statistically significant decrease in postprandial glucose as measured by area under the curve, or AUC, defined as total concentration in the blood during the two hours after administration of PHX1149 or placebo, on day 28 compared to day 1. Treatment with PHX1149 also met the secondary endpoint of GLP-1, as measured by AUC on day 28 compared to day 1, demonstrating a statistically significant increase in postprandial GLP-1 at the 200 mg and 400 mg dose levels. The table below highlights the results from our Phase 2a clinical trial across all patient cohorts:

 

     28 days of treatment
          PHX1149

Metabolic parameter(1)

   Placebo (n=40)    100 mg (n=40)    200 mg (n=41)    400 mg (n=45)

Postprandial glucose D AUC

(mmol/L*hour)

   0.11 ± 0.500    -2.08 ± 0.513

p=0.002(2)

   -1.73 ± 0.489

p=0.008(2)

   -1.88 ± 0.477

p=0.004(2)

     Placebo (n=41)    100 mg (n=43)    200 mg (n=44)    400 mg (n=46)

Postprandial GLP-1 D AUC

(pmol/L*hour)

   3.90 ± 2.83    11.63 ± 2.86

p=0.053(2)

   16.42 ± 2.72

p=0.001(2)

   15.75 ± 2.71

p=0.002(2)


  (1)   D represents change in the applicable metabolic parameter at day 28 of dosing relative to values measured at baseline, prior to initiation of dosing.
  (2)   p-values are for each group treated with PHX1149 compared to placebo. A p-value is a statistical measure, with smaller numbers indicating a more statistically significant result.

 

54


Table of Contents

We also observed that DPP-4 inhibition on day 28 was 53%, 73%, and 78% at 24 hours after administration of PHX1149 in the patient groups treated with doses of 100, 200, and 400 mg, respectively.

 

LOGO

 

Overall, we observed no meaningful differences in the number or types of adverse events experienced by patients who were treated with PHX1149 and patients who received placebo. In summary, our Phase 2a trial demonstrated that the addition of PHX1149 to a stable regimen of metformin or metformin and a TZD in patients with Type 2 diabetes was well tolerated and improved blood glucose control.

 

Phase 1 clinical trials. We initiated our PHX1149 clinical program with a single-dose, sequential ascending dose trial in healthy volunteers. Subsequently, we conducted four additional Phase 1 clinical trials in healthy volunteers, testing doses of up to 3,200 mg (single dose) and 400 mg (daily dose for up to 13 days). The main objectives of these trials were to study pharmacokinetics, or the body’s responses to the drug, and pharmacodynamics, or the effects of the drug on the body, as well as safety and tolerability. PHX1149 showed dose-proportional increases in maximum blood plasma concentration, or Cmax, and AUC across the dose ranges evaluated. Cmax was reached at approximately two to four hours after dosing. The average half life of PHX1149 was approximately 10 to 13 hours, and no drug accumulation was observed in our repeat dose Phase 1 study. PHX1149 also demonstrated dose-dependent durable ex vivo DPP-4 inhibition. At the 400 mg dose level in the multiple dose study, greater than 80% plasma DPP-4 inhibition was measured over the entire 24 hour period. Lastly, in our ancillary studies of food interaction, which tested the 200 mg and 400 mg dose levels of PHX1149, food intake did not show an appreciable impact on DPP-4 inhibition. Overall, the results from our Phase 1 clinical trials demonstrated that PHX1149 is a potent, durable, DPP-4-selective inhibitor suitable for a once-daily dosing regimen independent of food intake.

 

Ongoing clinical trials. We have completed enrollment of 445 patients in a 12-week randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2b clinical trial of PHX1149. This trial is being conducted at approximately 70 clinical sites in the United States, Canada, Mexico, India and Argentina, and compares PHX1149 in once-daily doses of 400 and 200 mg, in combination with existing drugs for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, to placebo. The primary endpoint of this trial is change in HbA1c. We expect results from our Phase 2b trial to be available in the first half of 2008. Patients in this trial may elect to enroll in an extension phase of the trial and receive a once-daily 400 mg dose of PHX1149 for up to two years. To date, more than 90% of the patients from our Phase 2b clinical trial have elected to enroll in this extension of the trial, which will provide us with long-term safety data for PHX1149.

 

Ancillary studies. We recently completed a thorough QTc study, in which we evaluated the effects of PHX1149 on certain parameters of electrical conductivity in the heart in approximately 50 healthy volunteers

 

55


Table of Contents

tested with a dose of PHX1149 near the anticipated labeled dose (400 mg), a much higher dose (3,200 mg), a positive control (moxifloxacin, 400 mg) and a placebo control. A thorough QTc study assesses the potential of a product candidate to delay cardiac repolarization, or the heart’s return to a resting state, as measured by the QT interval on a surface electrocardiogram, and is a standard study required by the FDA before it grants approval for any new molecular entity. Our QTc study was a four-arm cross-over study in which each participant received each treatment once as a single dose. Analysis of electrocardiograms showed that PHX1149 did not prolong the QT interval.

 

Future development plans. We anticipate that our Phase 3 clinical program for PHX1149 will be similar to those for other DPP-4 inhibitors and include approximately 1,500 patients treated with PHX1149 at the anticipated labeled dose. The Phase 3 program will consist of four or five registration trials of 24 weeks’ duration conducted at multiple worldwide sites. The primary endpoint of each of these trials will be reduction in HbA1c. In one of these trials, we will study patients who are not on background medications for Type 2 diabetes to support the use of PHX1149 as monotherapy. In the other trials, we will enroll patients on different background OADs such as metformin, sulfonylurea and TZDs to support the use of PHX1149 in combination with other OADs. We expect to commence our Phase 3 trials in the second half of 2008, assuming positive results in our ongoing Phase 2b trial.

 

PHX1766 for the Treatment of HCV Infection

 

HCV Overview

 

HCV is the most common chronic blood-borne viral infection in the United States and a leading cause of liver failure, liver transplants and liver cancer. HCV is transmitted primarily through injection drug use and by pregnant women infected by the virus to their children in utero. In addition, HCV is often found among hemodialysis patients, hemophiliacs and recipients of blood transfusions before 1990. The World Health Organization estimates that nearly 180 million people worldwide, or approximately 3% of the world’s population, are infected with HCV. Of these individuals, 130 million are chronic HCV carriers with an increased risk of developing liver cirrhosis or liver cancer. HCV is responsible for more than half of all liver cancer cases and two-thirds of all liver transplants in the developed world, and it is estimated that three to four million people worldwide are newly infected each year, 70% of whom will develop chronic hepatitis C. The CDC estimate that approximately 3.2 million people in the United States are chronically infected with HCV. Because symptoms of the disease do not appear until its later stages, carriers often do not realize they are infected and serve as a source of transmission.

 

Limitations of Current Therapies for HCV Infection

 

The current standard of care for the treatment of HCV infection is a combination of a once-weekly injection of pegylated interferon and a twice-daily oral administration of ribavirin, an antiviral drug that interferes with viral replication. Pegylated interferon is a modified version of alpha-interferon, a protein that occurs naturally in the human body and stimulates the ability of the immune system to fight viral infections. Both pegylated interferon and ribavirin may cause side effects, the most common of which are flu-like symptoms, muscle pain, and headache for pegylated interferon, and anemia for ribavirin. In addition, the FDA has required that product labels for pegylated interferon and ribavirin include “black box” warnings due to their potential to cause serious side effects. These serious side effects include neuropsychiatric and autoimmune disorders in the case of pegylated interferon, and anemia that may lead to heart attacks in the case of ribavirin. Ribavirin also may cause birth defects or death of the fetus and is therefore not recommended for use in pregnant women. The side effect profile and long duration of therapy associated with the combination therapy of pegylated interferon and ribavirin, together with interferon’s administration by injection, may reduce patients’ motivation to initiate or continue HCV therapy under this standard of care.

 

In addition, less than 50% of patients infected with HCV genotypes 1a and 1b who are treated with the standard of care respond with a sustained viral response, or SVR, defined as the absence of a detectable amount

 

56


Table of Contents

of the virus in the blood six months after the end of treatment. In the United States, HCV genotypes 1a and 1b are the two predominant strains of HCV and account for approximately 70% of HCV infections. Despite their limitations, these standard HCV therapies generated over $2.1 billion in worldwide sales in 2004.

 

In response to the limitations of existing treatments for HCV infection, NS3/4A protease inhibitors have emerged as a potential alternative to the standard treatment. Unlike interferons, which work by stimulating the immune system’s response to viral infection, HCV protease inhibitors directly target the virus by inhibiting the NS3/4A protease. Accordingly, protease inhibitors may significantly improve treatment outcomes, when added to the standard of care in difficult-to-treat patients, including patients infected with HCV genotypes 1a and 1b, relative to treatment with the standard of care alone. The addition of protease inhibitors to the standard of care could also lead to shorter treatment duration, which could increase patient compliance. While NS3/4A protease inhibitors will likely initially be used in combination with pegylated interferon and ribavirin, it may be possible eventually to replace the treatment regimen under the current standard of care with a combination of oral therapies directed at HCV, including NS3/4A protease inhibitors.

 

The FDA has not approved any NS3/4A protease inhibitors for the treatment of HCV infection, but several pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are developing product candidates that target the NS3/4A protease. The most advanced NS3/4A protease inhibitors are telaprevir and boceprevir, currently in advanced clinical trials by Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated and Schering-Plough Corporation, respectively. Although these product candidates, when added to the standard of care, have demonstrated more favorable efficacy profiles in clinical trials relative to the standard of care alone, adverse events, including rash, in the case of telaprevir, and gastrointestinal discomfort, in the case of boceprevir, were observed in early clinical trials. In addition, telaprevir and boceprevir have been developed to date for dosing once every eight hours, which may prove to be an inconvenient treatment regimen for many patients.

 

PHX1766: Our NS3/4A Protease Inhibitor

 

Our second product candidate, PHX1766, is an orally available NS3/4A protease inhibitor for the treatment of HCV infection. Under our HCV protease inhibitor program, initiated in August 2005, we initially characterized four internally discovered series of distinct chemical entities with a high level of structural and pharmacological diversity. We selected PHX1766 as a candidate for preclinical development in mid 2007. Subject to the results of our preclinical studies, we intend to initiate clinical trials of PHX1766 for the treatment of HCV infection in the second half of 2008.

 

We believe HCV protease inhibitors will be differentiated primarily based on their dosing regimen, potency, safety and tolerability. Based on our preclinical studies, we believe PHX1766 may offer the following advantages relative to other HCV protease inhibitors in development:

 

   

Improved dosing regimen. Our pharmacokinetic studies of PHX1766 in dogs demonstrated that a single dose produces and maintains concentration in the liver for 24 hours at levels much greater than the concentration levels required to inhibit replication of HCV genotype 1b in cell-based replicon assays. This suggests that PHX1766, if approved, may be administered once daily. In contrast, the most advanced NS3/4A protease inhibitors in development by others have been developed to date for dosing once every eight hours. We believe less frequent administration would increase patient compliance and could be an important commercial differentiator.

 

   

More potent inhibition of protease activity and viral replication. In our preclinical studies, PHX1766 demonstrated potent inhibition of the NS3/4A protease in all of the major HCV genotypes, 1a, 1b, 2a and 3a. In addition, data obtained in the standard laboratory cell-based replicon assays to determine anti-viral activity against HCV genotype 1b demonstrate that PHX1766 is greater than ten times more potent than either telaprevir or boceprevir in preventing replication of the virus. This feature, in addition to the pharmacokinetic properties of PHX1766 described above, may lead to a lower dose and less frequent administration than the most advanced treatments currently in development.

 

57


Table of Contents
   

Greater selectivity against cellular targets. Some NS3/4A protease inhibitors inhibit certain cellular targets as much as they inhibit the intended viral target. In our preclinical studies, PHX1766 has demonstrated greater than 200 fold selectivity for the NS3/4A protease compared to other cellular targets. We expect that, due to its selectivity, PHX1766 may inhibit the NS3/4A protease without substantially inhibiting other cellular targets in patients infected with HCV, which may contribute to a favorable safety and tolerability profile.

 

Development Status

 

We have initiated toxicology studies of PHX1766. Subject to the results of these studies, we expect to initiate human clinical trials of PHX1766 in the second half of 2008. We anticipate the initial trial will be a traditional single dose, dose escalation study in healthy volunteers to gather safety and pharmacokinetic data. The next trial would include patients infected with HCV in a multi-dose trial to assess safety, tolerability and viral load reductions. We are also continuing to evaluate HCV protease inhibitors with chemical structures distinct from PHX1766 to identify second-generation product candidates.

 

Our Research Programs

 

We have focused our small-molecule drug discovery efforts on enzyme targets, including proteases, kinases and polymerases. Proteases are enzymes that break down specific proteins and are involved in various physiological reactions. Kinases are enzymes that add phosphate groups to certain amino acids within a protein, leading to various physiological reactions. Polymerases are enzymes that catalyze the formation of DNA or RNA using an existing strand of DNA or RNA as a template. We specifically direct our research efforts toward validated enzyme targets related to significant therapeutic markets and where we can identify chemistry improvements that we believe are not covered by existing patents. We are currently pursuing an NS5b polymerase inhibitor program for the treatment of HCV infection, a JAK-2/3 kinase inhibitor program for the treatment of myeloproliferative diseases or immune-related indications and a protease inhibitor program for the treatment of breast cancer, including treatment for patients with resistance to Herceptin and other similar drugs. Because the progress of these programs is highly uncertain, our portfolio of research programs is likely to change over time, and we may elect not to continue our drug discovery and development efforts for some or all of these targets.

 

Our discovery efforts begin with the selection of a biological target that has been validated through an existing marketed product or a product candidate under development that has demonstrated clinical effect in patients. In our target identification efforts, we also focus on biological targets in disease areas where we believe we can demonstrate some pharmacological activity in Phase 1 clinical trials and can therefore eliminate compounds with insufficient clinical activity early in development. Once we have identified a biological target to pursue, we conduct an extensive analysis of the patent landscape relevant to the target. If the patent situation appears to be sufficiently open, we formally initiate a research program for that drug target in order to identify new chemical entities for which we can file patent applications.

 

After we have selected an enzyme target of interest, we use our in-house chemistry capabilities to identify compounds that inhibit that target. We then optimize these compounds to improve the potency against the targeted enzyme, the selectivity against closely related proteins and the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of the compound. A key differentiator of our drug discovery and development capabilities is the degree to which we have successfully integrated potency and selectivity assays with pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic evaluations to identify clinical candidates. This is designed to ensure drug-like properties of our optimized lead compounds and increase the probability for successful development. We incorporate results from all of these assays to design subsequent potential drug compounds using an iterative approach. As a result, we are able to simultaneously improve multiple characteristics of our enzyme inhibitors to increase the quality of our product candidates and decrease the time required for our discovery efforts.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

 

Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel small-molecule product candidates directed toward clinically validated targets that address significant therapeutic markets. The core elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Obtaining regulatory approval for our lead product candidate, PHX1149. We are devoting a significant portion of our financial resources and management efforts to advancing the development of PHX1149. We expect to initiate Phase 3 clinical trials of PHX1149 for treatment of Type 2 diabetes in the second half of 2008.

 

   

Advancing PHX1766 into clinical trials. We are conducting preclinical studies of PHX1766. Subject to the results of these studies, we expect to initiate Phase 1 clinical trials of PHX1766 for the treatment of HCV infection in the second half of 2008.

 

   

Expanding our product pipeline. We intend to use our “fast follower” strategy to expand our product pipeline. We believe that our discovery model is reproducible, scalable and sustainable. By focusing our research efforts on validated biological targets, we expect to be able to advance additional product candidates into preclinical and clinical development.

 

   

Retaining significant economic value for our product candidates. We intend to maximize the value of our product candidates through both independent development and licensing and other partnership opportunities. This may include co-development or co-marketing agreements, licensing agreements with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that possess established development and commercialization capabilities or direct commercialization by building our own sales and marketing force.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We actively seek patent protection and regulatory exclusivity for the proprietary technology that we consider important to our business, including novel chemical scaffolds, compounds, compositions and formulations, their methods of use and processes for their manufacture. In addition to seeking patent protection in the United States, we generally file patent applications in Canada, Europe, Japan and other countries on a selective basis to protect the inventions that we consider important to the development of our business worldwide. We also rely on in-licensed technology, trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary position. Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our product candidates, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights.

 

We currently hold one issued U.S. patent related to the composition of matter and method of use of PHX1149. We have filed 13 U.S. patent applications (five of which are provisional applications) and 34 foreign and Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, applications related to our DPP-4 inhibitor program, including 12 U.S. patent applications and 31 foreign and PCT applications that relate to PHX1149. These patent applications are intended to cover various aspects of PHX1149, including its composition, its methods of use, the use of PHX1149 both alone and in combination with other Type 2 diabetes drugs and the manufacture of PHX1149. Any patents that may be granted on our patent applications for our DPP-4 inhibitor program would be entitled to patent terms that extend until at least November 2023. In addition, we have licensed a total of seven U.S. patents and patent applications, and 41 U.S. foreign patents and patent applications. This license agreement is described below under “—Material Agreements—License Agreement relating to DPP-4.”

 

We have filed a total of nine U.S. patent applications and ten foreign and PCT applications related to chemical classes of molecules that we have identified as possible inhibitors of the NS3/4A protease. The claims in these applications are intended to cover composition of matter and therapeutic uses of certain compounds for

 

59


Table of Contents

the treatment of HCV infection, including PHX1766. Any patents that may be granted on these patent applications would be entitled to patent terms that extend until at least July 2026.

 

As we identify potential clinical candidates, we intend to file additional U.S. and foreign patent applications covering compositions of matter, therapeutic uses, combination therapies and methods of manufacture for these potential candidates.

 

In addition to patents, we may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets to protect our technology. We seek to protect the trade secrets in our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants, scientific advisors and other contractors and into invention assignment agreements with our employees and some of our consultants. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of the technologies that are developed.

 

Manufacturing

 

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of our product candidates or preclinical compounds, nor do we have plans to develop our own manufacturing operations in the foreseeable future. We currently depend on third-party contract manufacturers for all of our requirements of raw materials, active pharmaceutical ingredients and finished product for our preclinical research and clinical trials. We do not have any current contractual arrangements for the manufacture of commercial supplies of any of our product candidates. If PHX1149 is approved by the FDA and we undertake efforts to commercialize it internally, we intend to enter into agreements with third-party contract manufacturers for the commercial production of PHX1149. We employ internal resources and third-party consultants to manage our manufacturing contractors.

 

Competition

 

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are highly competitive. There are many pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, public and private universities and research organizations actively engaged in the research, development and commercialization of products that may be similar to our product candidates or are directed at similar therapeutic indications as our product candidates. Several multinational pharmaceutical companies are pursuing the development or marketing of pharmaceuticals that target diabetes or hepatitis C, and we expect the competition to commercialize products and therapies for the treatment of diabetes and hepatitis C will increase. Many of our existing or potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do and may be better equipped to develop, manufacture and market products. These companies may develop and introduce products and processes competitive with or superior to ours. In addition, other technologies or products may be developed that have an entirely different approach or means of accomplishing the intended purposes of our products, which might render our technology and products noncompetitive or obsolete.

 

In the market for Type 2 diabetes treatments, we expect to face direct competition from other companies that are developing and marketing DPP-4 inhibitors, including Merck & Co., Inc., which markets sitagliptin, Novartis AG, which intends to market vildagliptin, and Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited, which recently submitted an NDA for alogliptin. We are aware that several other companies, including Amgen, Inc., Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH, and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company in collaboration with AstraZeneca PLC, also have DPP-4 inhibitors in various stages of development. We will also compete with companies that develop and market GLP-1 analogs, such as Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Eli Lilly and Company, which currently market exenatide in the United States and Europe, and Novo Nordisk A/S, which is developing liraglutide. In addition, we will also face competition from developers and manufacturers of other Type 2 diabetes treatments, including TZDs and sulfonylureas, and, to a lesser extent, biguanides, such as metformin, and insulins, which we believe might be used in combination with PHX1149, if approved.

 

60


Table of Contents

A number of companies are pursuing the development or commercialization of pharmaceuticals that target HCV. These competitive products include several classes of products and product candidates that may be used either alone or in combination with other therapies. We expect to face direct competition from other companies that are developing NS3/4A protease inhibitors. While no NS3/4A protease inhibitors are currently approved for the treatment of HCV infection, several compounds are in clinical development, including telaprevir, boceprevir, ITMN-191 (under development by InterMune, Inc. in collaboration with Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.) and TMC-435350 (under development by Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., in collaboration with Tibotec Pharmaceuticals Ltd., a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson). To a lesser extent, we may also face competition from developers of NS5b polymerase inhibitors, which we believe might be used in combination with NS3/4A protease inhibitors to treat HCV infection. While no NS5b polymerase inhibitors are currently approved for the treatment of HCV, several compounds are in clinical development, including R1626 (under development by Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.), PF-868554 (under development by Pfizer, Inc.), R-7128 (under development by Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. in collaboration with Pharmasset, Inc.), MK-0608 (under development by Merck & Co., Inc.) and GS-9190 (under development by Gilead Sciences, Inc.).

 

Material Agreements

 

License Agreement relating to DPP-4

 

In February 2006, we entered into a license agreement, pursuant to which we obtained a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing worldwide sublicense to intellectual property rights relating to certain DPP-4-inhibiting compounds for use in the treatment of diabetes or lowering glucose levels, licensed by our licensor from third parties. The license covers, among other things, the development and commercialization of PHX1149 alone or in combination with other drugs for treating diabetes in the licensed field. We may grant sublicenses under the license, subject to certain limitations. We do not have control over the preparation, filing, prosecution or maintenance of the licensed patent rights. These activities are controlled solely by the original licensors, subject to their obligations to our licensor.

 

Pursuant to the license agreement, we paid an initial license fee in February 2006 and a milestone payment upon commencement of our Phase 2a clinical trial for PHX1149 in April 2006. We will be required to make additional milestone payments upon the achievement of certain regulatory and commercial milestones with respect to PHX1149. We are also obligated to make specified royalty payments on net sales of products covered by the license.

 

This license agreement will remain in effect until the expiration of the last-to-expire licensed patent right. We have the right to terminate the license agreement for convenience upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the licensor. The licensor may terminate the agreement for our uncured material breach of the agreement or our uncured failure to make payments to the licensor when due. Additionally, the original licensors may terminate their licenses to our licensor, which would leave some of our existing development activities and product candidates unlicensed and potentially infringing on these third-party patents if we are unable to enter into license agreements directly with the original licensors.

 

Settlement and License Agreements with ActivX Biosciences, Inc.

 

In August 2006, we entered into settlement and license agreements with ActivX Biosciences, Inc., or ActivX, related to claims that we had misappropriated certain ActivX trade secrets related to DPP-4 inhibitor technology.

 

Under the settlement agreement, we have made payments to ActivX of $1.5 million. We will be required to make additional payments to ActivX in connection with any collaboration, strategic partnership or license transactions that we may enter into with third parties, and the achievement of certain regulatory milestones, in each case with respect to PHX1149 and other compounds covered under our license grant to ActivX. We are also obligated under the settlement

 

61


Table of Contents

agreement to make specified royalty payments to ActivX on net sales of products covered under the agreement, which would include PHX1149. We have the right to stop payment of all fees and royalties owed to ActivX under the settlement agreement only if ActivX is in default of any material obligation under the agreement and fails to cure the default within 30 days of its receipt of written notice from us regarding the default.

 

Pursuant to the license agreement, we granted to ActivX a fully paid-up, royalty-free, co-exclusive, worldwide license to develop and commercialize products under certain of our patents and patent applications not including those relating to PHX1149 and related analogs. We control the filing, prosecution and maintenance of all patents and patent applications covered under the license agreement. If we elect not to pursue, or if we abandon the pursuit or maintenance of, a patent or patent application included within the licensed rights, ActivX will have the right, at its expense, to require us to file, pursue or maintain the applicable patents or patent applications in good faith. In addition, we are solely responsible for defending against any assertions of invalidity or unenforceability of the licensed rights, and we have the sole right to pursue actions against third parties for the infringement of these rights.

 

Our license agreement with ActivX will remain in effect until the expiration of the last-to-expire licensed patent right. We have the right to terminate the license agreement for ActivX’s uncured material breach of the license agreement or the settlement agreement, if ActivX is the subject of certain bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or if ActivX directly or indirectly challenges, or supports the challenge of, the validity of any of the patents or patent applications covered by the license agreement.

 

Regulatory Matters

 

Government Regulation and Product Approval

 

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of products such as those we are developing. Our product candidates must be approved by the FDA through the NDA process before they may be legally marketed in the United States.

 

U.S. Drug Development Process

 

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and implements regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local, and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement, or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us. The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies according to Good Laboratory Practices or other applicable regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND application which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials according to Good Clinical Practices to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

62


Table of Contents
   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the drug is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

 

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

 

Once a pharmaceutical candidate is identified for development, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, to the FDA as part of the IND. The sponsor will also include a protocol detailing, among other things, the objectives of the first phase of the clinical trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated, if the first phase lends itself to an efficacy evaluation. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. Clinical holds also may be imposed by the FDA at any time before or during studies due to safety concerns or non-compliance.

 

All clinical trials must be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators in accordance with good clinical practice regulations. These regulations include the requirement that all research subjects provide informed consent. Further, an institutional review board, or IRB, must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at any institution. An IRB considers, among other things, whether the risks to individuals participating in the trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the information regarding the trial and the consent form that must be provided to each trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the study until completed.

 

Each new clinical protocol must be submitted to the IND for FDA review, and to the IRBs for approval. Protocols detail, among other things, the objectives of the study, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety.

 

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

 

   

Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product may be too inherently toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients.

 

   

Phase 2: Involves studies in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

   

Phase 3: Clinical trials are undertaken to further evaluate dosage, clinical efficacy and safety in an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These studies are intended to establish the overall risk-benefit ratio of the product and provide, if appropriate, an adequate basis for product labeling.

 

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events or any finding from tests in laboratory animals that suggests a significant risk for human subjects. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 testing may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The

 

63


Table of Contents

FDA or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

 

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

 

U.S. Review and Approval Processes

 

The results of product development, preclinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling, and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of user fees; a waiver of such fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances.

 

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, or PREA, an NDA or supplement to an NDA must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any drug for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

 

The FDA reviews all NDAs submitted to ensure that they are sufficiently complete for substantive review before it accepts them for filing. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA may refer the NDA to an advisory committee for review, evaluation and recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows these recommendations. The approval process is lengthy and difficult, and the FDA may refuse to approve an NDA if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied or may require additional clinical or other data and information. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data and may use alternative statistical methods as measures to calculate efficacy and safety. The FDA may issue an approvable letter, which may require additional clinical or other data or impose other conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether its manufacturing is cGMP-compliant to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will inspect the facility or facilities where the product candidate is manufactured.

 

NDAs receive either standard or priority review. A product candidate representing a significant improvement in treatment, prevention or diagnosis of disease or providing treatment where no adequate therapy exists may receive priority review. In addition, product candidates studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening illnesses and that provide meaningful therapeutic benefit over existing treatments may receive accelerated approval and may be approved on the basis of adequate and well-controlled

 

64


Table of Contents

clinical trials establishing that the drug product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on the basis of an effect on a clinical endpoint other than survival or irreversible morbidity. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a product candidate receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. Priority review and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval, but may expedite the approval process. If a product candidate receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. In addition, the FDA may require us to conduct Phase 4 testing which involves clinical trials designed to further assess a drug’s safety and effectiveness after NDA approval, and may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products which have been commercialized.

 

Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity

 

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of the use of our product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the extension must be applied for prior to expiration of the patent. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we intend to apply for restorations of patent terms for some of our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond their current expiration dates, depending on the expected length of clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA.

 

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA also can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the U.S. to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by FDA to be essential to the approval of the application; for example, for new indications, dosages, or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA; however, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

 

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of exclusivity in the U.S. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, provides an additional six months to an existing exclusivity or statutory delay in approval resulting from a patent certification. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent delay, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a study. The pediatric exclusivity provision was reauthorized on September 27, 2007.

 

65


Table of Contents

Post-Approval Requirements

 

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further FDA review and approval. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products. Future FDA and state inspections may identify compliance issues at the facilities of our contract manufacturers that may disrupt production or distribution, or require substantial resources to correct.

 

Any drug products manufactured or distributed by us pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse experiences with the drug, providing the FDA with updated safety and efficacy information, drug sampling and distribution requirements, complying with certain electronic records and signature requirements, and complying with FDA promotion and advertising requirements. The FDA strictly regulates labeling, advertising, promotion and other types of information on products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label.

 

From time to time, legislation is drafted, introduced and passed in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the approval, manufacturing and marketing of products regulated by the FDA. For example, on September 27, 2007, the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007 was enacted, giving the FDA enhanced postmarket authority, including the authority to require postmarket studies and clinical trials, labeling changes based on new safety information, and compliance with a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy approved by the FDA. The FDA’s postmarket authority takes effect 180 days after the enactment of the law. Failure to comply with any requirements under the new law may result in significant penalties. The new law also authorizes significant civil money penalties for the dissemination of false or misleading direct-to-consumer advertisements, and allows the FDA to require companies to submit direct-to-consumer television drug advertisements for FDA review prior to public dissemination. Additionally, the new law expands the clinical trial registry so that sponsors of all clinical trials, except for Phase 1 trials, are required to submit certain clinical trial information for inclusion in the clinical trial registry data bank. In addition to new legislation, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. It is impossible to predict whether further legislative changes will be enacted, or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

 

Foreign Regulation

 

In addition to regulations in the United States, we expect to be subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval of a product by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country.

 

Under European Union regulatory systems, we may submit marketing authorization applications either under a centralized or decentralized procedure. Use of the centralized procedure is mandatory for drugs developed by means of certain biotechnological processes; orphan drugs; and drugs containing a new active substance, if the substance has not been authorized in the Community before November 20, 2005, and the

 

66


Table of Contents

therapeutic indication is AIDS, cancer, a neurodegenerative disorder, or diabetes. It is optional for new active substances or products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific, or technical innovation, or if the granting of a single authorization is in the interest of patients; and for generic or similar biological medicinal products. For drugs without a marketing authorization in any member state, the decentralized procedure provides for approval by one or more member states of an assessment of an application performed by one member state, known as the reference member state. Under this procedure, an applicant submits an application, or dossier, and related materials (draft summary of product characteristics, draft labeling and package leaflet) to the reference member state and concerned member states. The reference member state prepares a draft assessment and drafts of the related materials within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. Within 90 days of receiving the reference member state’s assessment report, each concerned member state must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials. If a member state cannot approve the assessment report and related materials on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the disputed points may eventually be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all member states.

 

Reimbursement

 

Sales of pharmaceutical products depend in significant part on the availability of third-party reimbursement. Third-party payors include government health administrative authorities, managed care providers, private health insurers and other organizations. We anticipate third-party payors will provide reimbursement for our products. However, these third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services. In addition, significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved healthcare products. We may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the cost-effectiveness of our products. Our product candidates may not be considered cost-effective. It is time consuming and expensive for us to seek reimbursement from third-party payors. Reimbursement may not be available or sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a competitive and profitable basis.

 

The passage of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, imposes new requirements for the distribution and pricing of prescription drugs for Medicare beneficiaries, and includes a major expansion of the prescription drug benefit under a new Medicare Part D, which went into effect on January 1, 2006. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities which will provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Part D plans include both stand-alone prescription drug benefit plans and prescription drug coverage as a supplement to Medicare Advantage plans. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary in which it indicates which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee.

 

It is not clear what effect the MMA has had and will have on the prices paid for currently approved drugs and the pricing options for new drugs approved after January 1, 2006. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

 

We expect that there will continue to be a number of federal and state proposals to implement governmental pricing controls and limit the growth of healthcare costs, including the cost of prescription drugs. At the present time, Medicare is prohibited from negotiating directly with pharmaceutical companies for drugs. However, Congress is currently considering passing legislation that would lift the ban on federal negotiations. While we

 

67


Table of Contents

cannot predict whether such legislative or regulatory proposals will be adopted, the adoption of such proposals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and profitability.

 

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products.

 

Facilities

 

We lease approximately 16,603 square feet of office and laboratory space at 5871 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, California. In January 2008, we entered into a lease and a sublease for a total of approximately 9,630 square feet of office space located at 5930 Cornerstone Court West, San Diego, California. We expect to expense approximately $562,000 and $775,000 in 2007 and 2008, respectively, under the lease and sublease agreements for these facilities. We conduct our operations from these two locations. Our leases expire in January 2011 and are subject to periodic increases in lease rates. We may require additional space as our business expands.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2007, we had 43 employees, 27 of whom were engaged in research and product development activities, including one with a medical degree, one with a Pharm. D. degree and 11 with Ph.D. degrees. Our employees are not represented by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe our relations with our employees are good.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently aware of any such proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

68


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of January 25, 2008:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

   50    Chief Executive Officer and Director

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

   50    President

Christopher L. Burnley

   46    Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

John E. Crawford

   53    Chief Financial Officer

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

   58    Vice President, Clinical Development

David Campbell, Ph.D.

   48    Vice President, Drug Discovery and Preclinical Sciences

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D.(2)

   39    Director

John Diekman, Ph.D.(1)

   65    Director

James Harper(3)

   60    Director

William Harris(1)

   49    Director

Daniel Janney(2)(3)

   42    Director

Arlene Morris(2)

   56    Director

Deepika R. Pakianathan, Ph.D.(1)(3)

   43    Director

  (1)   Member of the audit committee.
  (2)   Member of the compensation committee.
  (3)   Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since June 2002. In addition, she served as our President until October 2007. Prior to joining us, Dr. Shawver was the President of SUGEN, Inc. from October 2000 to May 2002, after holding various positions there since June 1992. SUGEN, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery and development of small molecule drugs which target specific cellular signal transduction pathways, was acquired by Pharmacia Corporation in 1999, which was subsequently acquired by Pfizer, Inc. in 2002. Prior to her employment at SUGEN, Inc., Dr. Shawver was employed at Berlex Biosciences, formerly known as Triton Biosciences, from August 1989 to June 1992. She currently serves as a director of Antipodean Pharmaceuticals, a privately held clinical-stage pharmaceutical company. Dr. Shawver received a Ph.D. degree in Pharmacology and a B.S. degree in Microbiology, both from the University of Iowa.

 

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D. has served as our President since October 2007. From May 2004 to October 2007, Dr. Cherrington served as our Executive Vice President, Research and Development. From November 2003 to October 2006, Dr. Cherrington also served as the President of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Phenomix Australia, Pty Ltd. Prior to joining us, Dr. Cherrington was employed with SUGEN, Inc. from October 1998 to October 2003, most recently serving as its Vice President, Preclinical Research and Exploratory Development. Prior to her tenure at SUGEN, Inc., Dr. Cherrington held various positions of increasing responsibility at Gilead Sciences, Inc., culminating in her position as director of virology. Dr. Cherrington is a member of the board of directors of Chemgenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, a publicly traded pharmaceutical development company. Dr. Cherrington received a Ph.D. degree in Microbiology from the University of Minnesota, with Ph.D. thesis research conducted at Stanford University, and an M.S. degree in Microbiology and a B.S. degree in Biology, both from the University of California, Davis.

 

Christopher L. Burnley has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since September 2007. From May 2003 to September 2007, Mr. Burnley served as our Chief Business Officer. From May 1996 to December 2002, Mr. Burnley was employed in various capacities by The Monsanto Company, a multinational agricultural biotechnology corporation, where he most recently served as the Vice President, Business and Operations, of Monsanto’s Genomics Unit. From May 1987 to April 1996, Mr. Burnley was

 

69


Table of Contents

employed by the Boston Consulting Group, a multinational corporate strategy consulting firm. Mr. Burnley received an M.B.A. degree from the Harvard Business School and a B.S. degree in Economics and Political Science from Southern Methodist University.

 

John E. Crawford has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2007. Prior to joining Phenomix, Mr. Crawford served as the Chief Financial Officer of NovaCardia, Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company that was acquired by Merck & Co. Inc., from January 2007 to September 2007. From May 2006 to December 2006, Mr. Crawford served as the Chief Financial Officer of Cabrellis Pharmaceutical Corporation, a specialty pharmaceutical company that was acquired by Pharmion Corporation. From January 2006 to May 2006, Mr. Crawford served as the Chief Financial Officer of Conforma Therapeutics Corporation, a specialty pharmaceutical company that was acquired by Biogen Idec. From 1997 to December 2005, Mr. Crawford was a consultant to life sciences and technology firms. During this time, Mr. Crawford served on the board of directors of several private companies and was a consultant to Archimedes Technology Group, LLC. Mr. Crawford was the founding President of Corvas International, Inc., and held various positions with that biotechnology company from 1987 to 1999, including that of Chief Financial Officer. From 1981 to 1987, he served as Vice President of International Genetic Engineering, Inc., with responsibility for finance. Mr. Crawford is a member of the board of directors of Lipid Sciences, Inc., a publicly traded biotechnology company. Mr. Crawford received an M.B.A. degree from the University of Chicago and a B.S. degree in Mathematical Sciences from Stanford University.

 

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D. has served as our Vice President, Clinical Development since August 2004. Prior to joining Phenomix, Dr. Guler served as Vice President, Clinical Sciences of Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, which he joined in April 1998. Before that, Dr. Guler held positions with increasing responsibilities in various therapeutic indications in clinical development at Chiron Corp. from 1994 to 1998 and at Ciba-Geigy (now Novartis) from 1989 to 1994. Dr. Guler received an M.D. degree from the University of Zurich.

 

David Campbell, Ph.D. has served as our Vice President, Drug Discovery and Preclinical Sciences since January 2005. From May 2003 to January 2005, Dr. Campbell served as our Vice President, Drug Discovery. Prior to joining Phenomix, Dr. Campbell served as the Senior Vice President, Chemical Sciences of ActivX Biosciences, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from January 2003 until May 2003. Prior to his tenure at ActivX, Dr. Campbell was the Director of Discovery Chemistry at Bayer Corporation, and held positions of increasing responsibility at Affymax Research Institute, culminating in his position as Director of Discovery Chemistry. Dr. Campbell received a Ph.D. and M.S. degrees in Chemistry from Cornell University and a B.S. degree in Chemistry from Harvey Mudd College.

 

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2005. Since August 2006, Dr. Akkaraju has been a Managing Director at Panorama Capital, LLC, a venture capital firm founded by the former venture capital investment team of J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC. Prior to that, from April 2001 to August 2006, he was with J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC, of which he became a Partner in January 2005. Dr. Akkaraju also serves as a member of the board of directors of Seattle Genetics, Inc., a publicly traded biotechnology company, Barrier Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company and Pharmos Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company that discovers and develops novel therapeutics to treat a range of diseases of the nervous system, as well as several privately held companies. Dr. Akkaraju received an M.D. degree and a Ph.D. degree in Immunology from Stanford University, and B.S. degrees in Biochemistry and Computer Science from Rice University.

 

John Diekman, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2002. Dr. Diekman has served as a managing director of 5AM Ventures, a life sciences investment partnership, since July 2002. From June 1998 to June 2002, Dr. Diekman served as a managing director of Bay City Capital, a life sciences merchant bank. Dr. Diekman also serves as a member of the board of directors and the nominating and corporate governance committee of Affymetrix, Inc., a publicly traded life sciences company, as well as a member of the board of directors of several privately held companies. Dr. Diekman received a Ph.D. degree in Chemistry from Stanford University and a B.A. degree in Chemistry from Princeton University.

 

70


Table of Contents

James Harper has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2007. Mr. Harper has spent 30 years in the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries, all in positions with Eli Lilly and Company, from which he retired in 2004. Mr. Harper served as Group Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer from 2001 to 2004 and as President, Diabetes and Growth Disorders Business Unit / Product Group from 1994 to 2001. Mr. Harper also serves as member of the board of directors and compensation committee of Zymogenetics, Inc., a publicly traded biotechnology company, a member of the board of directors and compensation committee of Corcept Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company, and a member of the board of directors of Anesiva, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Harper received an M.B.A. degree from The Wharton School of Business and a B.A. degree in Biology from Vanderbilt University.

 

William Harris has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2007. Since November 2001, Mr. Harris has served as the Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Xenoport, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company focused on developing a portfolio of internally discovered product candidates for the potential treatment of central nervous system disorders. From 1996 to 2001, he held several positions with Coulter Pharmaceutical, Inc., a biotechnology company engaged in the development of novel therapies for the treatment of cancer and autoimmune diseases, the most recent of which was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Corixa Corp., a developer of immunotherapeutic products, acquired Coulter Pharmaceutical in 2000. Mr. Harris received an M.B.A. degree from Santa Clara University, Leavey School of Business and Administration and a B.A. degree in Economics from the University of California, San Diego.

 

Daniel Janney has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2002. Since February 1996, Mr. Janney has been a managing director of Alta Partners, a venture capital firm investing in information technologies and life science companies. Prior to joining Alta Partners, Mr. Janney was a Vice President in the health care and biotechnology investment banking group of Montgomery Securities from 1993 to 1996. Mr. Janney is a member of the board of directors and the compensation committee of Chemgenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, a publicly traded pharmaceutical development company, and also serves on the boards of directors of several privately held companies. Mr. Janney received an M.B.A. degree from the Anderson School at the University of California, Los Angeles and a B.A. degree in History from Georgetown University.

 

Arlene Morris has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2007. Ms. Morris has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors of Affymax, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, since June 2003. From 2001 to 2003, Ms. Morris served as President and Chief Executive Officer at Clearview Projects, an advisory firm to biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies on strategic transactions. From 1996 to 2001, Ms. Morris served as Senior Vice President of Business Development at Coulter Pharmaceutical, which was acquired by Corixa Corp. in 2000. From 1993 to 1996, Ms. Morris served as Vice President of Business Development at Scios, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From 1977 to 1993, Ms. Morris held positions of increasing responsibility at Johnson & Johnson, including Vice President of Business Development for McNeil Pharmaceutical. Ms. Morris also serves as a member of the board of directors of MediciNova, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, and as a member of the board of directors of the Biotechnology Industry Organization. Ms. Morris received a B.A. degree from Carlow College and studied marketing at Western New England College.

 

Deepika R. Pakianathan, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2005. Since June 2001, Dr. Pakianathan has served as a managing member at Delphi Ventures, a venture capital firm focusing on healthcare investments. From 1998 to 2001, Dr. Pakianathan was a senior biotechnology banker at JP Morgan. Dr. Pakianathan also serves as a member of the board of directors of Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded emerging pharmaceutical company, as well as various private healthcare companies. Dr. Pakianathan received a Ph.D. degree in Immunology and an M.S. degree in Biology from Wake Forest University, and an M.Sc. degree in Biophysics and a B.Sc. degree from the University of Bombay.

 

71


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

 

We currently have eight directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the board of directors will be divided into three classes and will consist of three Class I directors (                    ,                     and                    ), three Class II directors (                    ,                     and                    ) and two Class III directors (                    and                    ), whose initial terms will expire at the annual meetings of stockholders held in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. At each annual meeting of stockholders held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election.

 

Our bylaws provide that any vacancies in our board of directors and newly created directorships may be filled only by our board of directors and that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes, so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors. Our classified board could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. These provisions of our bylaws and the classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in the control or management of our company.

 

Our board of directors has considered the relationships of all directors and, where applicable, the transactions involving them described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and determined that each of Srinivas Akkaraju, John Diekman, James Harper, William Harris, Daniel Janney, Arlene Morris and Deepika Pakianathan does not have any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibility as a director and qualifies as an independent director under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates pursuant to a separate charter adopted by our board of directors. The composition and function of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the NASDAQ Global Market and SEC rules and regulations.

 

Audit Committee

 

The audit committee is comprised of William Harris, John Diekman and Deepika Pakianathan, with Mr. Harris serving as the chairman. In addition, Mr. Harris qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

   

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

reviewing and approving all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns; and

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statements.

 

72


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

 

The compensation committee is comprised of Daniel Janney, Srinivas Akkaraju and Arlene Morris, with Mr. Janney serving as the chairman. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other officers;

 

   

overseeing and administering our employment agreements, severance arrangements, compensation, welfare, benefit and pension plans and similar plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to director compensation;

 

   

reviewing and recommending the Company’s Compensation Discussion and Analysis for inclusion in our annual proxy statements; and

 

   

preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statements.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Deepika Pakianathan, James Harper and Daniel Janney, with Dr. Pakianathan serving as the chairman. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

developing and recommending to the board criteria for selecting board and committee membership;

 

   

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

 

   

recommending to the board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to the board a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of the board, its committees and management.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or who will serve on our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been one of our employees.

 

73


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Overview

 

We believe that the compensation of our named executive officers should focus executive behavior on the achievement of near-term corporate targets as well as long-term business objectives and strategies. We place significant emphasis on pay-for-performance compensation programs, which reward our executives when we achieve certain financial and business goals and create stockholder value. We use a combination of base salary, annual cash incentive compensation programs, a long-term equity incentive compensation program and a broad-based benefits program to create a competitive compensation package for our executive management team. We describe below our compensation philosophy, policies and practices with respect to our chief executive officer, our president, our executive vice president and chief operating officer, our chief financial officer, our vice president, clinical development and our vice president, drug development and preclinical sciences, who are collectively referred to as our named executive officers. Prior to October 2007, we did not have a chief financial officer. We hired John Crawford to serve as our chief financial officer in October 2007.

 

Administration and Objectives of Our Executive Compensation Program

 

Our compensation committee is responsible for establishing and administering our policies governing the compensation of our named executive officers, including salaries, cash incentives and equity incentive compensation. Our compensation committee consists of three independent directors, all with extensive experience in the industry.

 

Our compensation committee has designed our overall executive compensation program to achieve the following objectives:

 

   

attract and retain talented and experienced executives;

 

   

motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

   

provide a competitive compensation package that aligns the interests of our named executive officers and stockholders by including a significant variable component that is tied to the achievement of performance objectives;

 

   

ensure fairness among the executive management team by recognizing the contributions each executive makes to our success; and

 

   

foster a shared commitment among executives by aligning their individual goals with our corporate goals.

 

We use a mix of short-term compensation (base salaries and cash incentive bonuses) and long-term compensation (equity incentive compensation) to provide a total compensation structure that is designed to achieve these objectives. The compensation committee uses its judgment and experience and the recommendations of the chief executive officer (except for her own compensation) to determine the appropriate mix of compensation for each individual. In addition, beginning in December 2007, our compensation committee retained an independent compensation consultant to assist the committee in developing our overall executive compensation and director compensation program. We have engaged this independent compensation consultant also to develop a competitive peer group analysis for our compensation committee for benchmarking purposes for our 2008 fiscal year. For our fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and prior periods, we considered a leading life science compensation survey for benchmarking our executive compensation and determining annual increases. In determining whether to adjust the compensation of any one of our named executive officers, we annually take into account the following:

 

   

market compensation levels for each position;

 

74


Table of Contents
   

the contributions and performance of each named executive officer;

 

   

the increase or decrease in responsibilities and role of each named executive officer;

 

   

the criticality of the role of each named executive officer; and

 

   

the ability and readiness of each named executive officer to assume greater responsibility within the organization.

 

In addition, with respect to newly named executive officers, we take into account their prior base salary and annual incentive awards, their expected contribution and our business needs.

 

Executive Compensation Components

 

Our executive compensation program is composed of base salary, annual incentive cash compensation and equity compensation. Our compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy for allocating between various forms of compensation. However, we generally strive to provide our named executive officers with a balance of short-term and long-term incentives to encourage consistently strong performance. With respect to various equity-based awards, we grant stock options as a means of providing longer-term equity-based incentives to our executives. In addition, we provide our executives with benefits that are generally available to our salaried employees, including medical, dental, group life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance and our 401(k) plan. We have entered into employment offer letter agreements with each of our named executive officers, which set forth their respective salaries and bonuses, and, in certain cases, stock option awards, severance and change in control provisions.

 

Within the context of the overall objectives of our compensation programs, we determined the specific amounts of compensation, including base salary, incentive cash compensation and equity compensation, to be paid to each of our executives for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 based on a number of factors, including:

 

   

our understanding of compensation generally paid by similarly situated companies to their executives with similar roles and responsibilities;

 

   

the roles and responsibilities of our executives;

 

   

overall corporate performance objectives for the year;

 

   

the individual experience and skills of, and expected contributions from, our executives; and

 

   

the provisions of applicable employment offer letter agreements.

 

In addition to the criteria above, the actual amount and allocation of total compensation (base salary, variable annual bonus compensation and equity awards) paid or issued to our named executive officers also reflects the timing and circumstances of when the executive joined us.

 

We had no formal policy for allocating between various forms of compensation for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. However, we have engaged an independent compensation consultant to assist us in developing a peer group of comparable companies for benchmarking purposes for each element of the compensation packages for our named executive officers for fiscal 2008.

 

We discuss each of the primary elements of our executive compensation in detail below. While we have identified particular compensation objectives that each element of executive compensation serves, our compensation programs complement each other and collectively serve all of our executive compensation objectives described above. Accordingly, whether or not specifically mentioned below, we believe that, as a part of our overall executive compensation, each element to a greater or lesser extent serves each of our objectives.

 

75


Table of Contents

Base salary

 

Our compensation committee annually reviews salary ranges and individual salaries for our named executive officers. We have historically established base salaries for each of our executives based on the following factors:

 

   

competition in the marketplace to hire and retain executives;

 

   

the experience of our directors and management team with respect to salaries and compensation of executives in similarly situated companies in the biopharmaceutical industry; and

 

   

our desire to hire and retain our management team in an extremely competitive environment.

 

Based on the factors listed above, the compensation committee established annual base salaries for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 for each of our named executive officers as follows:

 

Name

   Base Salary

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

   $ 375,000

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

     295,000

Christopher L. Burnley

     275,000

John E. Crawford

     240,000

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

     325,000

David Campbell, Ph.D.

     247,000

 

We believe that the base salaries paid to our named executive officers during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 achieve our executive compensation objectives and are competitive with those of similarly situated private companies.

 

Annual cash incentive program

 

We have designed our annual cash incentive program to reward our named executive officers upon the achievement of certain annual corporate and personal goals, as approved in advance by our compensation committee and board of directors. Our cash incentive program emphasizes pay-for-performance and is intended to closely align executive compensation with achievement of certain operating results. The compensation committee communicates the bonus criteria to the named executive officers at the beginning of the fiscal year. The performance goals established by the compensation committee are based on our business strategy and the objective of building stockholder value. For our fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, our compensation committee (with board approval) set corporate and individual goals for each of our named executive officers in the following areas:

 

   

the progress of our development programs;

 

   

financing activities;

 

   

business development; and

 

   

the progress of our discovery programs.

 

Given the nature of these goals and the development stage of our company, our compensation committee makes a qualitative assessment as to the extent that the corporate goals have been satisfied. Our chief executive officer makes recommendations to the compensation committee as to the degree to which the other named executive officers have satisfied their personal goals. The compensation committee makes this same determination with respect to our chief executive officer.

 

The compensation committee established targets under each of these goals for each of the named executive officers that it believed could be achieved only with significant effort and operational success on the part of these executives and the company. These targets were also benchmarked against targets established by companies with

 

76


Table of Contents

which we compete for management personnel. For our fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the target cash incentives for each of our named executive officers, as a percentage of base salary, were as follows:

 

Name

   Target Cash Incentive
As a Percentage of
Base Salary
 

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

   25 %

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

   20  

Christopher L. Burnley

   20  

John E. Crawford

   20  

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

   10  

David Campbell, Ph.D.

   10  

 

These targets represent a significant percentage of our named executive officers’ base salaries and vary depending on position of the named executive officer, with our chief executive officer having the highest percentage of her compensation tied to our company targets because she has the greatest influence over our success. We believe that structuring our cash incentive program this way appropriately aligns our executives’ compensation to our performance and creation of stockholder value.

 

In December 2007, the compensation committee evaluated our performance and made determinations regarding whether each of the named executives had attained his or her respective performance targets under the goals specified above. Based on that evaluation and determination, we awarded cash incentive payouts to each of our named executive officers as follows:

 

Name

   Cash Incentive
Payout

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

   $ 87,000

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

     52,000

Christopher L. Burnley

     51,000

John E. Crawford

     10,000

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

     30,000

David Campbell, Ph.D.

     20,000

 

Mr. Crawford’s cash incentive payout was pro-rated to reflect his joining our company in October 2007.

 

We have engaged an independent compensation consultant to assist our compensation committee to establish the parameters of our annual cash incentive program for fiscal year 2008. Accordingly, target bonuses and bonus criteria for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 may not be indicative of the targets established for 2008 and future years as our mix of compensation elements and our overall corporate and individual performance objectives may change after we become a public company.

 

Equity compensation

 

We also use stock options to attract, retain, motivate and reward our employees, including the named executive officers. Through our equity-based grants, we seek to align the interests of our named executive officers with our stockholders, reward and motivate both near-term and long-term executive performance and provide an incentive for retention. Our decisions regarding the amount and type of equity incentive compensation, the allocation of equity and relative weighting of these awards within total executive compensation have been based on our understanding and individual experiences of market practices of similarly-situated companies and our negotiations with our executives in connection with their initial employment or promotion. Equity-based incentive awards are intended to be the longer-term components of our overall executive compensation program. While annual incentive cash compensation is designed to encourage shorter-term performance (generally over a one-year period), equity-based awards are designed to encourage our named executives’ performance over several years.

 

77


Table of Contents

Substantially all of our employees, including our named executive officers, receive stock option grants under our 2001 Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 Plan. We grant stock option awards to our employees generally upon the commencement of their employment, upon a promotion and from time to time based on level of equity ownership, performance and expected future contribution, as part of our overall compensation program. Stock option awards provide our named executive officers with the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a fixed exercise price typically for a period of up to 10 years, subject to continued employment with our company. Stock options are earned on the basis of continued service to us and generally vest over four years, either pro rata on a monthly basis or beginning with 25% vesting one year after the vesting commencement date, then vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter. In addition, certain of the stock options granted to our named executive officers vest upon the achievement of milestones. Some of our stock option awards also include an early exercise provision that allows for immediate exercise of the stock option. In the event of an early exercise, the shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the option that have not yet vested will be subject to repurchase by us at the exercise price paid by the executive upon any termination event. The vesting of the shares underlying these option grants to our named executive officers is the same as the vesting for stock option awards generally. Thus, while the executive is able to exercise the options immediately to take advantage of beneficial tax treatment in certain circumstances, the continued vesting of the shares so exercised and the executive’s ability to retain the shares and any appreciation in the value of these shares are still dependent upon the executive’s continued service. As a result, these grants continue to align the interests of the executive with those of our stockholders. Our compensation committee has recommended these equity awards to provide for an additional long-term incentive and to facilitate the long-term tax planning of the named executives.

 

To date, all grants of stock options to our named executive officers have been subject to approval by the board of directors. The date of grant and the fair market value of the award are based upon the date of the board meeting approving such grant. The following factors are considered in determining the amount of equity incentive awards, if any, to grant to our named executive officers:

 

   

the number of shares subject to, and exercise prices of, outstanding options, both vested and unvested, held by our executives;

 

   

the vesting schedule of the unvested stock options held by our executives;

 

   

the amount of equity incentive awards granted to executives by companies with which we compete for management personnel; and

 

   

the amount and percentage of our total equity on a diluted basis held by our executives.

 

All historical stock option grants were made at what our board of directors determined to be the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the respective grant dates. In contemplation of this initial public offering, we reexamined the valuations of our common stock in December 2007. In connection with that reexamination, we prepared retrospective valuations of the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes as of September 30, 2007. We believe that the valuation methodologies used in the retrospective valuations are reasonable and that the preparation of the retrospective valuations was necessary due to the fact that the timeframe for a potential initial public offering had accelerated significantly since the contemporaneous valuations were prepared.

 

We recognize stock-based compensation expense under SFAS No. 123R using the fair-value based method for all awards granted on or after the date of our adoption and these values have since been reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

 

78


Table of Contents

Based on the factors listed above and each executive’s performance, on April 17, 2007, our board of directors granted time-based options to purchase shares of our common stock to each of our named executive officers as follows:

 

Name

   Number of Shares
Underlying Options

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

   230,000

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

   140,000

Christopher L. Burnley

   45,000

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

   80,000

David Campbell, Ph.D.

   80,000

 

Each of these stock options vests in equal monthly installments over four years from the vesting commencement date of February 28, 2007.

 

On April 17, 2007, the board also granted performance-based stock options to each of Dr. Shawver and Mr. Burnley for the purchase of 90,000 and 45,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, which were to vest and become exercisable upon the achievement of specified performance goals. All of the stock options granted on April 17, 2007 had an exercise price of $.43, the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.

 

On September 18, 2007, our board of directors granted time-based stock options to each of Dr. Shawver, Dr. Cherrington, Mr. Burnley, Dr. Guler and Dr. Campbell for the purchase of 310,000, 135,000, 120,000, 90,000 and 93,000 shares of our common stock, respectively. Each of these stock options vests in equal monthly installments over four years from the vesting commencement date of September 4, 2007. Our board of directors granted these stock options following our issuance of 6,610,577 shares of Series C preferred stock to investors in a private financing transaction on September 4, 2007 in order to ensure that management was adequately incentivized after the dilution of their individual holdings as a result of the financing and restore management’s overall equity position to levels that our board of directors believes are comparable to those of companies with which we compete for management personnel. All of the stock options granted on September 18, 2007 had an exercise price of $.66, the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors. Additionally, on September 18, 2007, our board of directors affirmatively determined that the April 2007 performance-based stock options granted to Dr. Shawver and Mr. Burnley should be deemed fully vested.

 

The relative size of all of our stock option awards is primarily driven by the position and level of responsibility the grantee currently holds, his or her expected future position and level within our organization and his or her individual performance. The stock option grants to Dr. Shawver during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 were substantially larger than to each of our other named executive officers in consideration of Dr. Shawver’s critical role as our chief executive officer and comparisons made by the board to other chief executive officers in our industry.

 

On October 8, 2007, our board of directors granted Mr. Crawford a time-based stock option to purchase 425,000 shares of our common stock in connection with his hiring. This stock option vests over four years, beginning with 25% vesting one year after the grant date, then vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter. Mr. Crawford’s stock option award has an early exercise provision allowing for the immediate exercise of the option, and Mr. Crawford exercised the option with respect to 200,000 shares in October 2007. Our board made this stock option grant to Mr. Crawford for two reasons. First, it wanted to provide him with an appropriate long-term incentive through time-based vesting, to encourage retention. Second, it made this grant as part of Mr. Crawford’s initial compensation package in order to provide him with an equity award that is comparable to what he could receive from companies with which we compete for talent, based on the board’s understanding of the equity awards made to similar executives by such companies. We granted this stock option at an exercise price of $.66 per share, the fair market value on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.

 

79


Table of Contents

Other benefits

 

We believe that establishing competitive benefit packages for our employees is an important factor in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel. Named executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental, group life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance and our 401(k) plan, in each case on the same basis as other employees. We do not currently provide a matching contribution under our 401(k) plan. With the exception of our 401(k) plan, we do not offer retirement benefits. Consistent with our compensation philosophy, we intend to continue to maintain our current benefits for our named executive officers. The compensation committee in its discretion may revise, amend or add to the officer’s executive benefits and perquisites if it deems it advisable.

 

Historically, we made housing relocation loans to Dr. Shawver, Dr. Cherrington and Mr. Burnley in connection with each of their employment arrangements, although we no longer engage in this practice. We lent the following principal amounts to these officers pursuant to promissory notes on the dates set forth below:

 

Name

   Loan Amount    Date

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

   $ 600,000    June 14, 2002

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

     150,000    July 22, 2004

Christopher L. Burnley

     200,000    June 12, 2003

 

These loans and our forgiveness of the remaining outstanding amounts under the promissory notes are more fully described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Loans to Executive Officers.” In addition, in connection with our forgiveness of the remaining outstanding amounts under Dr. Cherrington’s loan, we agreed to pay Dr. Cherrington an additional $13,290 during fiscal 2008 to offset tax consequences associated with the accelerated forgiveness of the loan.

 

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code places a limit of $1 million on the amount of compensation that a public company may deduct in any one year with respect to certain of its named executive officers. Certain performance-based compensation approved by stockholders is not subject to this deduction limit. Our compensation committee’s strategy in this regard is to be cost and tax efficient. Therefore, the compensation committee intends to preserve corporate tax deductions, while maintaining the flexibility in the future to approve arrangements that it deems to be in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, even if these arrangements do not always qualify for full tax deductibility.

 

Severance and change of control benefits

 

Based on our recent experience hiring executive officers and comparable benefits offered by companies with which we compete for experienced management personnel, our compensation committee recommended that our board of directors adopt a change of control policy providing for specific benefits to officers at the levels of vice president and above, which includes each of our named executive officers, upon a change of control of our company.

 

In October 2007, upon the recommendation of our compensation committee, our board of directors approved and adopted a change of control policy pursuant to which each of our officers at the levels of vice president and above will be entitled to full acceleration of all options held by them, such that all of these options will be immediately exercisable, in the event they are involuntarily terminated within 90 days before or 365 days after a “change of control” or a “fundamental transaction,” as these terms are defined in the 2001 Plan. For purposes of the change of control policy, our board of directors determined that the following circumstances would constitute an involuntary termination:

 

   

the individual’s termination without “cause,” as defined in the 2001 Plan; or

 

80


Table of Contents
   

the individual’s resignation due to:

 

   

the assignment to him or her of any duties or a reduction in his or her duties, either of which results in a significant diminution in his or her responsibilities with our company;

 

   

a material reduction in his or her base salary as in effect immediately before such reduction;

 

   

a material reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits to which the individual is entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that his or her overall benefits package is substantially reduced, except for any across-the-board reduction similarly affecting all or substantially all management; or

 

   

the relocation of the individual’s employment to a facility or location more than 50 miles from the location where he or she is principally employed by us, if the individual does not approve the relocation.

 

Our goal in adopting this change of control policy is to further align the interests of our executives with the interests of our stockholders by providing the executives with an equity-based incentive to focus on the requirements of our business, particularly in connection with a change of control, regardless of any potential implications for his or her position.

 

The terms of the severance and any cash benefits in connection with a change of control currently in place with certain of our named executive officers were negotiated on a person-by-person basis at the time of their hiring. The negotiated position was dictated, in part, by our board’s understanding of market norms at the time of the hiring and the importance of each named executive officer’s role in our organization and, in part, by each named executive officer’s individual expectations. In August 2005, our board of directors adopted a policy providing that each executive officer would be entitled to a cash severance equal to six months’ base salary if he or she is involuntarily terminated in the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2001 Plan. Our current severance and cash-based change of control benefits to our named executive officers are more fully described below under “—Employment Agreements and Severance Agreements” with respect to each named executive officer.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table summarizes the compensation earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, for our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Salary    Bonus    Option
Awards(1)
   All Other
Compensation
    Total

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer

   $ 375,000    $ 87,000    $ 564,000    $ 340,000 (3)   $ 1,366,000

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

President

     295,000      52,000      147,000      33,000 (3)     527,000

Christopher L. Burnley

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

     275,000      51,000      223,000      54,000 (3)     603,000

John E. Crawford

Chief Financial Officer(2)

     50,000      10,000      107,000            167,000

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

Vice President, Clinical Development

     325,000      30,000      89,000            444,000

David Campbell, Ph.D.

Vice President, Drug Discovery and Preclinical Sciences

     247,000      20,000      90,000            357,000

 

81


Table of Contents

  (1)   Stock-based compensation expense for these awards was calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123R and is being amortized over the vesting period of the related award. The amounts reflected in this table exclude the estimate of forfeitures applied by us under SFAS No. 123R when recognizing stock-based compensation expense for financial statement reporting purposes for fiscal 2007. For a discussion of the valuation assumptions used in calculating this amount, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-based Compensation.”
  (2)   Mr. Crawford was hired as our chief financial officer in October 2007. As a result, his salary in the above table represents a pro-rated percentage of his annual base salary of $240,000 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007; his bonus was similarly pro-rated.
  (3)   “All Other Compensation” represents (i) $325,000 in principal and $15,000 in accrued interest forgiven by us under a relocation loan to Dr. Shawver, (ii) $30,000 in principal and $3,000 in accrued interest forgiven by us under a relocation loan to Dr. Cherrington and (iii) $50,000 in principal and $4,000 in accrued interest forgiven by us under a relocation loan to Mr. Burnley. The terms of these relocation loans and our forgiveness of the amounts due under them are more fully described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Loans to Executive Officers.”

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2007

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to awards under our non-equity incentive plan and equity incentive plan made by us to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007:

 

Name

   Grant Date    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options(1)
    Exercise or Base
Price of Option
Awards
   Grant Date Fair
Value of Option
Awards

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

   4/17/2007    230,000 (2)   $ .43    $ 743,000
   4/17/2007    90,000 (3)     .43      291,000
   9/18/2007    310,000 (2)     .66      1,199,000

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

   4/17/2007    140,000 (2)     .43      452,000
   9/18/2007    135,000 (2)     .66      522,000

Christopher L. Burnley

   4/17/2007    45,000 (2)     .43      145,000
   4/17/2007    45,000 (3)     .43      145,000
   9/18/2007    120,000 (2)     .66      464,000

John E. Crawford

   10/8/2007    425,000 (4)     .66      1,833,000

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

   4/17/2007    80,000 (2)     .43      258,000
   9/18/2007    90,000 (2)     .66      348,000

David Campbell, Ph.D.

   4/17/2007    80,000 (2)     .43      258,000
   9/18/2007    93,000 (2)     .66      360,000

  (1)   All option awards were granted under the 2001 Plan and are subject to the related award agreements.
 

(2)

 

Option shares subject to time-based vesting criteria. One forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of shares underlying this option vests on a monthly basis over four years from the vesting commencement date.

  (3)   Option shares subject to performance-based vesting criteria. All of these options vested in full upon the board’s determination on September 18, 2007 that the performance criteria had been met.
 

(4)

 

This option is subject to an early exercise provision and was fully exercisable upon grant. Twenty-five percent of the shares underlying this option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the original number of shares vests at the end of each successive month thereafter until the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

 

82


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2007

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers outstanding as of December 31, 2007:

 

     Option Awards

Name

   Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options

Exercisable
    Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options

Unexercisable
    Option Exercise
Price
    Option Expiration
Date

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

   1,500 (1)       $ 10.50 (2)   6/16/2012
   200 (3)         10.50 (2)   6/17/2012
   1,000 (4)         10.50 (2)   10/1/2013
   3,000 (3)         10.50 (2)   10/1/2013
   3,000 (3)         10.50 (2)   10/1/2013
   127,228 (5)   222,649 (5)     .35     4/15/2015
   87,626 (5)   159,791 (5)     .35     7/18/2016
   25,000 (6)   75,000 (6)     .35     12/12/2016
   38,333 (5)   191,667 (5)     .43     4/17/2017
   90,000 (3)         .43     4/17/2017
   18,979 (5)   291,021 (5)     .66     9/18/2017

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

   4,000 (7)         10.50 (2)   10/31/2013
   458 (6)   42 (6)     10.50 (2)   4/20/2014
   1,000 (3)         10.50 (2)   4/20/2014
   103,077 (5)   20,616 (5)     .35     4/14/2015
   41,043 (5)   52,770 (5)     .35     7/18/2016
   21,250 (6)   63,750 (6)     .35     12/12/2016
   23,333 (5)   116,667 (5)     .43     4/17/2017
   8,265 (5)   126,735 (5)     .66     9/18/2017

Christopher L. Burnley

   3,620 (8)         10.50 (2)   5/12/2013
   2,042 (6)   238 (6)     10.50 (2)   5/12/2014
   1,000 (9)         10.50 (2)   7/8/2014
   12,298 (5)   15,370 (5)     .35     4/14/2015
   13,102 (5)   58,959 (5)     .35     7/18/2016
   5,209 (6)   37,500 (6)     .35     12/12/2016
   4,688 (5)   37,500 (5)     .43     4/17/2017
   45,000 (3)         .43     4/17/2017
   7,346 (5)   112,654 (5)     .66     9/18/2017

John E. Crawford

   225,000 (10)         .66     10/8/2017

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

   2,187 (6)   813 (6)     10.50 (2)   8/10/2014
   64,424 (5)   23,929 (5)     .35     4/14/2015
   21,956 (5)   40,040 (5)     .35     7/18/2016
   12,500 (6)   37,500 (6)     .35     12/12/2016
   13,333 (5)   66,667 (5)     .43     4/17/2017
   5,510 (5)   84,490 (5)     .66     9/18/2017

David Campbell, Ph.D.

   3,000 (11)         10.50 (2)   5/4/2013
   2,000 (3)         10.50 (2)   4/20/2014
   375 (6)   125 (6)     10.50 (2)   12/31/2014
   27,894 (5)   11,965 (5)     .35     4/14/2015
   30,732 (5)   39,513 (5)     .35     7/18/2016
   10,000 (6)   30,000 (6)     .35     12/12/2016
   13,333 (5)   66,667 (5)     .43     4/17/2017
   5,693 (5)   87,307 (5)     .66     9/18/2017

 

83


Table of Contents

  (1)   This option was subject to early exercise upon grant.
  (2)   These stock options were originally granted at an exercise price of $.105 per share. The exercise price and share number reflect a 100-to-1 reverse split of our common stock in April 2005.
  (3)   This option vested and became fully exercisable based on performance criteria established by the board of directors.
  (4)   This option was fully vested and exercisable upon grant.
 

(5)

 

One forty-eighth (1/48th) of the original number of shares underlying this option vests on a monthly basis over four years from the vesting commencement date.

 

(6)

 

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the original number of shares underlying this option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the original number of shares vests at the end of each successive month thereafter until the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

  (7)   This option vested and became fully exercisable on October 31, 2007.
  (8)   This option vested and became fully exercisable on May 12, 2007.
  (9)   This option vested and became fully exercisable on July 22, 2004.
 

(10)

 

This option was subject to early exercise upon grant. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the original number of shares underlying this option vests on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of October 8, 2007, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the original number of shares vests at the end of each successive month thereafter until the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date. Mr. Crawford exercised a portion of this option for 200,000 shares on October 15, 2007.

  (11)   This option vested and became fully exercisable on May 4, 2007.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested—2007

 

The following table provides certain information regarding the number of stock options exercised under the 2001 Plan and the corresponding amounts realized by the named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2007. None of our named executive officers held any other stock awards that were subject to vesting during the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

2007 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table

 

     Option Awards

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise(1)
    Value Received
on Exercise(2)

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

       $

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

        

Christopher L. Burnley.

   162,738       584,004

John E. Crawford

   200,000 (3)     700,000

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

        

David Campbell, Ph.D.

   75,000       338,250

  (1)   All option awards were granted under the 2001 Plan pursuant to related stock option agreements.
  (2)   There was no public market for our common stock in 2007. We have estimated the value realized on exercise based on the reassessed fair value on the date of grant, less the option exercise price. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Stock-Based Compensation” for a discussion on estimated fair value.
  (3)   The shares, which were acquired upon Mr. Crawford’s early exercise of his stock option, have not vested and are subject to our right of repurchase.

 

84


Table of Contents

Stock and Benefit Plans

 

2001 Stock Option Plan

 

Our 2001 Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in October 2001. Most recently, the 2001 Plan was amended in September 2007 to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan. We currently have reserved a total of 5,037,222 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2001 Plan. As of December 31, 2007, 4,075,971 of these shares were subject to outstanding options and 296,551 of these shares were available for issuance.

 

The 2001 Plan is administered by our board of directors. The administrator of the 2001 Plan has the authority to select the participants to whom options are granted, to determine the times at which options are granted, to determine the number of shares subject to each option, to determine the types of payment that may be used to exercise options, to determine the effect of a change of control or similar transaction on the treatment of options and otherwise to determine the specific terms and conditions of each option, subject to the provisions of the 2001 Plan.

 

The 2001 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, as defined under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to employees and for the grant of non-statutory stock options to employees, consultants and non-employee directors. Stock options granted under the 2001 Plan have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant; provided that incentive stock options granted to any holder of stock representing more than 10% of our voting power have a maximum term of five years from the date of grant. All non-qualified stock options granted under the 2001 Plan must have an exercise price no less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, and all incentive stock options must have an exercise price of no less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In addition, the exercise price of all stock options intended to qualify as “qualified incentive-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 must be no less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise price of any stock option granted to any optionee who owns stock representing more than 10% of our voting power must be no less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date.

 

In general, if an optionee’s service terminates for any reason other than death, disability or cause, the optionee may exercise his or her vested options prior to the earlier of their expiration date or 30 days following the date of termination. If the optionee’s service terminates as a result of the optionee’s death or disability, the options vested as of the date of death or disability may be exercised before the earlier of their expiration date or one year after the optionee’s death or disability. If an optionee’s service is terminated for cause, all outstanding options held by the optionee will automatically terminate and cease to be exercisable at the time of the termination for cause.

 

The 2001 Plan defines a “fundamental transaction” as a merger in which our company is not the surviving entity, or any other transaction or event the result of which other securities are substituted for shares of our common stock. In the event of a fundamental transaction, the board may provide for the substitution of options outstanding under the 2001 Plan for options to purchase securities other than our common stock, accelerate the vesting of outstanding options under the 2001 Plan and provide for their termination upon the closing of the fundamental transaction if not previously exercised, cancel options outstanding under the 2001 Plan in exchange for cash payments to the optionees, arrange for any company repurchase rights applicable to the common stock underlying the options to apply to securities issued in substitution for such common stock or terminate any company repurchase rights applicable to the shares of common stock underlying the options. The board may designate certain other transactions, such as a transaction in which the beneficial holders of our securities immediately before the transaction own 50% or less of our voting power immediately after the transaction, as a “change of control.” In connection with a change of control, the board may take any of the actions described above for a fundamental transaction, and the board may extend the date for exercise of options granted under the 2001 Plan (but not beyond their original expiration date). The board may also designate certain sales or transfers

 

85


Table of Contents

of our equity securities or assets to a third party as a “divestiture.” In connection with a divestiture, the board may take any of the actions described above for a change of control with respect to options held by optionees whose employment or service relationship with our company is terminated as a result of the divestiture.

 

In connection with the adoption of our 2008 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2008 Plan, which is discussed below, our board of directors has determined not to grant any further awards under the 2001 Plan after this offering. However, all options previously granted under the 2001 Plan will remain outstanding and will be administered under the terms and conditions of the 2001 Plan.

 

2008 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

Our 2008 Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in                     . The 2008 Plan permits us to make grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock awards, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, cash-based awards, performance share awards and dividend equivalent rights. We have initially reserved             shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning in 2009, by     % of the outstanding number of shares of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or a lesser amount as may be determined by the board of directors. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Generally, shares that are forfeited or canceled from awards under the 2001 Plan after this registration statement becomes effective and shares that are forfeited or cancelled from awards under the 2008 Plan also will be available for future awards. Awards will not be granted under the 2008 Plan prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

The 2008 Plan will be administered by either a committee of at least two non-employee directors, our compensation committee or our full board of directors, or the administrator. The administrator has full power and authority to select the participants to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any award and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2008 Plan.

 

All full-time and part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants and prospective employees) are eligible to participate in the 2008 Plan, subject to the discretion of the administrator. There are certain limits on the number of awards that may be granted under the 2008 Plan. For example, no more than             shares of common stock may be granted in the form of stock options or stock appreciation rights to any one individual during any one-calendar-year period and no more than             shares may be granted in the form of incentive stock options.

 

The exercise price of stock options awarded under the 2008 Plan may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the option grant and the term of each option may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The administrator will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised and, subject to the provisions of the 2008 Plan, the period of time, if any, after retirement, death, disability or other termination of employment during which options may be exercised.

 

To qualify as incentive options, stock options must meet additional federal tax requirements, including a $100,000 limit on the value of shares subject to incentive options which first become exercisable in any one calendar year, and a shorter term and higher minimum exercise price in the case of certain large stockholders. To the extent that any portion of an incentive stock option award fails to qualify as such, that portion will be treated as a non-qualified stock option.

 

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2008 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date

 

86


Table of Contents

of grant. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof.

 

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2008 Plan. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

 

Deferred and unrestricted stock awards may be granted under our 2008 Plan. Deferred stock awards are units entitling the recipient to receive shares of stock paid out on a deferred basis, and are subject to such restrictions and conditions as the administrator shall determine. Our 2008 Plan also gives the administrator discretion to grant stock awards free of any restrictions.

 

Cash-based awards may be granted under our 2008 Plan. Each cash-based award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a cash-based award may be made in cash or in shares of stock, as the administrator determines.

 

Performance shares may be granted under our 2008 Plan. Performance shares are awards entitling the grantee to receive shares of our common stock upon the attainment of pre-established performance goals. The administrator determines the performance goals with respect to awards of performance shares. If the performance goals are not attained, no shares will be granted to the recipient.

 

Dividend equivalent rights may be granted under our 2008 Plan. Dividend equivalent rights are awards entitling the grantee to current or deferred payments equal to dividends on a specified number of shares of stock. Dividend equivalent rights may be settled in cash or shares and are subject to other conditions as the administrator shall determine.

 

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2008 Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

In the event of a merger, sale or dissolution, or a similar “sale event,” unless assumed or substituted, all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2008 Plan will automatically become fully exercisable, all other awards granted under the 2008 Plan will become fully vested and non-forfeitable and awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and non-forfeitable in connection with a sale event in the administrator’s discretion. Upon the effective time of any such sale event, the 2008 Plan and all awards will terminate unless the parties to the transaction, in their discretion, provide for appropriate substitutions or assumptions of outstanding awards.

 

No awards may be granted under the 2008 Plan after                     2018. In addition, our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2008 Plan at any time and the administrator may amend or cancel any outstanding award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose. No such amendment may adversely affect the rights under any outstanding award without the holder’s consent. Other than in the event of a necessary adjustment in connection with a change in our stock or a merger or similar transaction, the administrator may not “reprice” or otherwise reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rights. Further, amendments to the 2008 Plan will be subject to approval by our stockholders if the amendment (i) increases the number of shares available for issuance under the 2008 Plan, (ii) expands the types of awards available under, the eligibility to participate in, or the duration of, the plan, (iii) materially changes the method of determining fair market value for purposes of the 2008 Plan, (iv) is required by the NASDAQ Global Market rules, or (v) is required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, to ensure that incentive options are tax-qualified.

 

87


Table of Contents

2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Our 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2008 ESPP, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in                     2008 and will become effective upon the completion of this offering. We have reserved a total of             shares of our common stock for issuance to participating employees under the 2008 ESPP.

 

All of our employees, including our directors who are employees and all employees of any of our participating subsidiaries, who have been employed by us for at least six months prior to enrolling in the 2008 ESPP, who are employees on the first day of the offering period, and whose customary employment is for more than twenty hours a week and have completed at least six months of employment, will be eligible to participate in the 2008 ESPP. Employees who would, immediately after being granted an option to purchase shares under the 2008 ESPP, own 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all of classes of stock of our company or any subsidiary, may not be granted any option under the 2008 ESPP.

 

We will make one or more offerings to our employees to purchase stock under the 2008 ESPP. The first offering will begin on the first day of this offering and end on the following December 31. Subsequent offerings will begin on each January 1, or the first business day thereafter and end on the last business day occurring on or before December 31. During each offering period, payroll deductions will be made and held for the purchase of common stock at the end of the offering period.

 

On the first day of a designated payroll deduction period, or offering period, we will grant to each eligible employee who has elected to participate in the 2008 ESPP an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The employee may authorize deductions from 1% to 25% of his compensation for each payroll period during the offering period. On the last day of the offering period, the employee will be deemed to have exercised the option, at the option exercise price, to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions; provided that, with respect to the first offering, the exercise of each option shall be conditioned on the closing of this offering. Under the terms of the 2008 ESPP, the option exercise price shall be equal to 85% of the closing price on the first day of the applicable offering or the exercise date, whichever is less.

 

An employee who is not a participant on the last day of the offering period will not be entitled to exercise any option and the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the 2008 ESPP will terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the 2008 ESPP at any time, or when the employee ceases employment for any reason, except that upon termination of employment because of death, the balance in the employee’s account will be paid to the employee’s beneficiary.

 

401(k) Savings Plan

 

We have established a 401(k) plan for all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Our 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Our 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute a portion of his or her pre-tax compensation, up to the applicable statutory limit. Employee contributions are held and invested by the plan’s trustee. Our 401(k) plan also permits us to make discretionary contributions and matching contributions, subject to established limits. In 2007, we began matching the first $1,000 contributed by each of our employees to the 401(k) plan. We made matching contributions totaling approximately $35,000 during 2007.

 

Pension Benefits

 

None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.

 

88


Table of Contents

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

 

None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by us.

 

Employment Agreements and Severance Agreements

 

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D. We are party to an employment offer letter agreement with Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D. dated April 8, 2002. The agreement provides for at-will employment and set Dr. Shawver’s initial base salary at $325,000. Dr. Shawver is entitled to customary employee benefits, such as group health insurance coverage and other benefits offered to employees at a similar level of responsibility. In connection with her employment, we granted Dr. Shawver an option to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock (subsequently adjusted to 6,000 shares of common stock to reflect a 100-to-1 reverse split of our common stock in April 2005). This option award provided for early exercise, subject to our right of repurchase upon a termination event. The option shares became fully vested in April 2006, on the fourth anniversary of Dr. Shawver’s start date. Accordingly, our right to repurchase the shares acquired pursuant to this option has lapsed. In addition, Dr. Shawver was also eligible to receive bonus stock option grants to acquire 50,000 shares of our common stock at the end of each of the first three years of her employment, subject to the attainment of certain performance milestones.

 

The agreement also provided for mortgage assistance in connection with Dr. Shawver’s purchase of a residence in San Diego, including a loan in the aggregate principal amount of $600,000. The terms of the loan are more fully described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Loans to Executive Officers.”

 

The employment offer letter agreement further provides for certain payments upon termination, which are more fully described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control—Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.”

 

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D. We are party to an employment offer letter agreement with Julie Cherrington, Ph.D. dated August 27, 2003. The agreement provides for at-will employment and set Dr. Cherrington’s initial base salary, subject to periodic review, at $250,000. Dr. Cherrington is also eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 20% of her annual base salary. In addition, Dr. Cherrington is entitled to customary employee benefits, such as group health insurance coverage and other benefits offered to employees at a similar level of responsibility. The agreement also provided for the one-time grant of an option to acquire 400,000 shares of our common stock (subsequently adjusted to 4,000 shares of common stock to reflect a 100-to-1 reverse split of our common stock in April 2005), which vested over four years and became fully vested in October 2007.

 

The agreement also provided for mortgage assistance in connection with Dr. Cherrington’s purchase of a residence in San Diego, including a loan in the aggregate principal amount of $150,000. The terms of the loan are more fully described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Loans to Executive Officers.”

 

The employment offer letter agreement further provides for certain payments upon termination, which are more fully described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control—Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.”

 

Christopher L. Burnley. We are party to an employment offer letter agreement with Christopher L. Burnley dated April 24, 2003. The agreement provides for at-will employment and set Mr. Burnley’s initial base salary at $225,000. Mr. Burnley is also eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 20% of his annual base salary. In addition, Mr. Burnley is entitled to customary employee benefits, such as group health insurance coverage and other benefits offered to employees at a similar level of responsibility. The agreement also

 

89


Table of Contents

provided for the one-time grant of an option to acquire 362,000 (subsequently adjusted to 3,620 shares of common stock to reflect a 100-to-1 reverse split of our common stock in April 2005) shares of our common stock, which vested over four years and became fully vested in May 2007.

 

The agreement also provided for mortgage assistance in connection with Mr. Burnley’s purchase of a residence in San Diego, including a loan in the aggregate principal amount of $200,000. The terms of the loan are more fully described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Loans to Executive Officers.”

 

The employment offer letter agreement further provides for certain payments upon termination, which are more fully described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control—Christopher Burnley.”

 

John E. Crawford. We are party to an employment offer letter agreement with John E. Crawford dated October 5, 2007. The agreement provides for at-will employment and set Mr. Crawford’s initial base salary, subject to periodic review, at $240,000. Mr. Crawford is also eligible to receive an annual performance bonus with a target of 20% of his annual base salary. In addition, Mr. Crawford is entitled to customary employee benefits, such as group health insurance coverage and other benefits offered to employees at a similar level of responsibility. The agreement also provided for the one-time grant of an option to acquire 425,000 shares of our common stock, of which 25% vests on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of October 8, 2007. The remainder of the option shares vest in equal monthly installments thereafter. This option award provided for early exercise, subject to our right of repurchase upon a termination event.

 

The employment offer letter agreement further provides for certain payments upon termination, which are more fully described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control—John Crawford.”

 

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D. We are party to an employment offer letter agreement with Hans-Peter Guler, M.D. dated June 12, 2004. The agreement provides for at-will employment and set Dr. Guler’s initial base salary at $300,000. In addition, Dr. Guler is entitled to customary employee benefits, such as group health insurance coverage and other benefits offered to employees at a similar level of responsibility. The agreement also provided for the one-time grant of an option to acquire 300,000 shares of our common stock (subsequently adjusted to 3,000 shares of common stock to reflect a 100-to-1 reverse split of our common stock in April 2005). This option vests over a period of four years from Dr. Guler’s start date.

 

David A. Campbell, Ph.D. We are party to an employment offer letter agreement with David A. Campbell, Ph.D. dated April 24, 2003. The agreement provides for at-will employment and set Dr. Campbell’s initial base salary at $205,000. In addition, Dr. Campbell is entitled to customary employee benefits, such as group health insurance coverage and other benefits offered to employees at a similar level of responsibility. The agreement also provided for the one-time grant of an option to acquire 300,000 shares of our common stock (subsequently adjusted to 3,000 shares of common stock to reflect a 100-to-1 reverse split of our common stock in April 2005), which vested over four years and became fully vested in May 2007.

 

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

 

We have entered into agreements and maintain plans that may require us to make payments or provide specified benefits to the named executive officers in the event of a termination of employment or a change in control. The following tables and narrative disclosures summarize the potential payments to each named executive officer assuming that one of the events listed in the tables below occurs. The tables assume that the event occurred on December 31, 2007, the last day of our fiscal year, and the cash severance amounts are based on our named executive officers’ annual base salaries for fiscal 2007. For purposes of estimating the value of amounts of equity compensation to be received in the event of termination of employment or change of control,

 

90


Table of Contents

we have assumed a price per share of our common stock of $            , which represents the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

As discussed above under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Severance and change of control benefits,” the stock options held by our named executive officers are subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances in connection with a change of control of our company. For purposes of the disclosure below, we have assumed (i) the involuntary termination of each named executive officer within 90 days before or 365 days after a “change of control” or a “fundamental transaction,” as defined in the 2001 Plan and (ii) the exercise by each named executive officer of 100% of the unvested stock options that would become fully exercisable in connection with the change of control.

 

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

 

Pursuant to our employment offer letter agreement with Dr. Shawver, in the event that her employment is terminated by us without cause or her termination is constructive, Dr. Shawver will be entitled to cash severance payments equal to six months’ base salary (payable in semi-monthly installments). In the event that Dr. Shawver leaves voluntarily or she is terminated with cause, no severance payments will be due.

 

Payments and Benefits

   Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause
or Constructive
Termination
   Change of
Control

Cash Severance

   $ 187,500    $ 187,500

Stock Option Acceleration

       

Total

   $ 187,500   

 

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

 

Pursuant to our employment offer letter agreement with Dr. Cherrington, in the event that (i) there has been a change in control, (ii) Dr. Cherrington is a full-time employee at the time of the change in control and (iii) within 365 days from and including the date of the change in control Dr. Cherrington’s employment is involuntarily terminated for any reason (other than for cause, death or disability), Dr. Cherrington will be entitled to a cash severance payment equal to six months’ base salary.

 

Payments and Benefits

   Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause
or Constructive
Termination
   Change of
Control

Cash Severance

   $    $ 147,500

Stock Option Acceleration

       

Total

       

 

91


Table of Contents

Christopher L. Burnley

 

Pursuant to our employment offer letter agreement with Mr. Burnley, in the event that (i) there has been a change in control, (ii) Mr. Burnley is a full-time employee at the time of the change in control and (iii) within 365 days from and including the date of the change in control, Mr. Burnley’s employment is involuntarily terminated for any reason (other than for cause, death or disability), Mr. Burnley will be entitled to a severance payment equal to six months’ base salary.

 

Payments and Benefits

   Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause
or Constructive
Termination
   Change of
Control

Cash Severance

   $    $ 137,500

Stock Option Acceleration

       

Total

       

 

John E. Crawford

 

Pursuant to our employment offer letter agreement with Mr. Crawford, in the event that Mr. Crawford’s employment is terminated by us without cause or his termination is constructive within 90 days before or 365 days after a change of control or fundamental transaction, Mr. Crawford will be entitled to (i) six months’ severance based on his then current base salary and (ii) full accelerated vesting of his options.

 

Payments and Benefits

   Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause
or Constructive
Termination
   Change of
Control

Cash Severance

   $    $ 120,000

Stock Option Acceleration

       

Total

       

 

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

 

Our employment offer letter agreement with Dr. Guler does not provide for cash severance payments in connection with any change of control or termination of Dr. Guler’s employment. However, under the policy adopted by our board of directors in August 2005, he is entitled to a severance payment equal to six months’ base salary if he is involuntarily terminated in the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2001 Plan.

 

Payments and Benefits

   Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause
or Constructive
Termination
   Change of
Control

Cash Severance

   $    $ 162,500

Stock Option Acceleration

       

Total

       

 

92


Table of Contents

David A. Campbell, Ph.D.

 

Our employment offer letter agreement with Dr. Campbell does not provide for cash severance payments in connection with any change of control or termination of Dr. Campbell’s employment. However, under the policy adopted by our board of directors in August 2005, he is entitled to a severance payment equal to six months’ base salary if he is involuntarily terminated in the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2001 Plan.

 

Payments and Benefits

   Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause
or Constructive
Termination
   Change of
Control

Cash Severance

   $    $ 123,500

Stock Option Acceleration

       

Total

       

 

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements

 

Each of our named executive officers has also entered into a standard form agreement with respect to proprietary information and inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our proprietary information received during the course of employment and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions conceived or developed during the course of employment.

 

Director Compensation

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

 

We reimburse each member of our board of directors who is not an employee for reasonable travel and other expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or committees of the board of directors. In addition, we pay fees to some of our non-employee directors for their service on the board of directors and attendance at meetings under arrangements negotiated with the individual directors. 5AM Ventures, a life science investment partnership of which Dr. Diekman is a managing director, was paid $74,000 by the Bay City Capital Funds, which beneficially own 6.5% of our outstanding common stock, for Dr. Diekman’s services as our director during 2007. The total amounts paid to each non-employee director during fiscal 2007 are set forth in the table below. We intend to adopt a new compensation policy for non-employee directors to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

 

2007 Director Compensation Table

 

Name

   Fee Earned or
Paid in Cash
   Stock
Awards
   Option
Awards(1)
    All Other
Compensation
   Total

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D.

   $    $    $     $    $

John Diekman, Ph.D.

                         

James Harper(2)

     12,000           22,000            34,000

William Harris(3)

     8,000           22,000            30,000

Daniel Janney

                         

Arlene Morris(4)

     8,500           14,000 (3)          22,500

Deepika R. Pakianathan, Ph.D.

                         

  (1)   Stock-based compensation expense for these awards was calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123R and is being amortized over the vesting period of the related award. The amounts reflected in this table exclude the estimate of forfeitures applied by us under SFAS No. 123R when recognizing stock-based compensation expense for financial statement reporting purposes for fiscal 2007.

 

93


Table of Contents
  (2)   Fees paid in cash represent a pro-rated portion of an annual retainer fee and amounts paid for attendance at three meetings of our board of directors during fiscal 2007. Pursuant to his director retention agreement, Mr. Harper is entitled to an annual retainer of $10,000 and a per-meeting fee of $1,500 for each meeting of the board of directors that he attends in person. Upon his election to the board of directors, we awarded Mr. Harper a one-time stock option award to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $.43 per share. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the original number of shares underlying the option vests on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.
  (3)   Fees paid in cash represent a pro-rated portion of an annual retainer fee and amounts paid for attendance at two meetings of our board of directors during fiscal 2007. Pursuant to his director retention agreement, Mr. Harris is entitled to an annual retainer of $10,000 and per-meeting fees of $1,500 for each meeting of the board of directors and $1,000 for each meeting of the audit committee that he attends in person. Upon his election to the board of directors, we awarded Mr. Harris a one-time stock option award to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $.43 per share. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the original number of shares underlying the option vests on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.
  (4)   Fees paid in cash represent a pro-rated portion of an annual retainer fee and amounts paid for attendance at one meeting of our board of directors and two meetings of our compensation committee during fiscal 2007. Pursuant to her director retention agreement, Ms. Morris is entitled to an annual retainer of $10,000 and per-meeting fees of $1,500 for each meeting of the board of directors and $1,000 for each meeting of the compensation committee that she attends in person. Upon her election to the board of directors, we awarded Ms. Morris a one-time stock option award to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $.66 per share. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the original number of shares underlying the option vests on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

 

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Agreements

 

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we intend to adopt provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the completion of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

 

In addition, we expect that our bylaws will provide that:

 

   

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

   

we will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.

 

94


Table of Contents

We intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers to be effective upon the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to each indemnified director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.

 

We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling the registrant under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers under these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

 

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

 

95


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

During the last three years, we have engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons.

 

General

 

Srinivas Akkaraju is a Managing Director at Panorama Capital, LLC, a private equity firm founded by the former venture capital investment team of J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC, and was a Partner of J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC from January 2005 to August 2006. Panorama Capital, LLC advises J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC as to its investments in our securities. Daniel Janney is a Managing Director of Alta Partners. Deepika R. Pakianathan is a General Partner of Delphi Ventures VI, L.P. Investment funds that have purchased securities in our prior financings and are affiliated with J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC (the “JP Morgan Funds”), Delphi Ventures VI, L.P. (the “Delphi Funds”), Alta Partners (the “Alta Funds”), Sofinnova Management V, LLC (the “Sofinnova Funds”), Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. (the “Baker Brothers Funds”), Novartis AG (the “Novartis Funds”), Bay City Capital Fund III, L.P. (the “Bay City Capital Funds”), CMEA Ventures Life Sciences 2000, L.P. (the “CMEA Funds”) and Nomura Phase4 Ventures L.P. each hold a significant amount of our voting securities as a result of previous purchases of our securities.

 

Series B Financing

 

In April 2005 and March 2006, we sold an aggregate of 11,431,652 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a price per share of $3.50 for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $40.0 million in a financing transaction. In connection with our Series B financing, we also issued an aggregate of 273,349 shares of our Series A4 preferred stock and 2,669,022 shares of our Series A5 preferred stock to certain investors who participated in the financing in exchange for shares of common stock previously held by these investors. The following table summarizes the participation by the holders of more than 5% of our voting securities in our Series B financing:

 

Name

   Aggregate
Purchase
Price
   Shares of
Series B
Preferred
Stock
   Shares of
Series A4
Preferred
Stock
   Shares of
Series A5
Preferred
Stock

JP Morgan Funds

   $ 10,405,199    2,972,914      

Delphi Funds

     6,401,598    1,829,028      

Alta Funds

     4,134,095    1,181,170    51,525    503,097

Baker Brothers Funds

     4,375,007    1,250,002      

Sofinnova Funds

     4,134,088    1,181,168    51,524    504,087

Novartis Funds

     3,632,818    1,037,948    58,670    572,864

Bay City Capital Funds

     2,491,643    711,898    40,240    392,911

CMEA Funds

     2,224,222    635,492    35,920    350,729

 

96


Table of Contents

Series C Financing

 

In February 2007, September 2007 and January 2008, we sold an aggregate of 17,632,077 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a price per share of $4.16, and in February 2007, we sold warrants to purchase 661,058 shares of our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share, for gross aggregate cash proceeds of $73.3 million. The following table summarizes the participation by the holders of more than 5% of our voting securities in our Series C financing:

 

Name

   Aggregate
Purchase
Price
   Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock
   Warrants
Exercisable
for Shares
of Series C
Preferred
Stock

Nomura Phase4 Ventures L.P.

   $ 20,818,400    5,004,423    216,346

JP Morgan Funds

     11,853,142    2,849,313    103,055

Delphi Funds

     7,292,418    1,752,985    63,402

Sofinnova Funds

     5,879,270    1,413,286    49,349

Alta Funds

     5,876,695    1,412,667    49,349

Baker Brothers Funds

     4,983,817    1,198,033    43,330

Novartis Funds

     3,948,955    949,268    47,464

Bay City Capital Funds

     3,881,159    932,971    32,554

CMEA Funds

     3,464,564    832,828    29,060

 

Registration Rights

 

The holders of more than 5% of our voting securities who purchased preferred stock in our Series B and Series C financings are party to an agreement providing for rights to register under the Securities Act certain shares of our capital stock. For more information regarding the terms of this agreement, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

Loans to Executive Officers

 

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

 

Pursuant to our employment offer letter agreement with Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D., we agreed to extend a loan to Dr. Shawver to assist with her purchase of a home in San Diego, California. In connection with the loan, Dr. Shawver issued us a promissory note to us in the principal amount of $600,000 in June 2002. The note did not bear interest unless specified events of default occurred, such as Dr. Shawver’s failure to repay the principal when due or a breach by Dr. Shawver of any of her obligations relating to the loan. Upon the occurrence of any of these events, the note was to accrue interest at an annual rate of 4.74%. Pursuant to its original terms, the principal under the note was repayable in installments of 12.5% on each of the first two anniversaries, 18.75% on the third anniversary, 25% on the fourth anniversary and 31.25% on the fifth anniversary of its issuance. Under the original terms of our employment offer letter agreement with Dr. Shawver, we agreed to make cash payments to Dr. Shawver in an aggregate amount equal to $400,000, coincident with the installments of principal due under the note. We forgave $50,000 in each of June 2003 and June 2004, $75,000 in June 2005, $100,000 in June 2006 and $125,000 in June 2007 under the loan, together with accrued interest. In addition, in June 2007, we forgave the remaining $200,000 in outstanding principal, together with accrued interest. As a result, Dr. Shawver’s promissory note is no longer outstanding.

 

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

 

Pursuant to our employment offer letter agreement with Julie Cherrington, Ph.D., we agreed to extend a loan to Dr. Cherrington to assist with her purchase of a home in San Diego, California. In connection with the loan,

 

97


Table of Contents

Dr. Cherrington issued us a promissory note to us in the principal amount of $150,000 in July 2004. The note bears no interest until the occurrence of specified events of default, such as Dr. Cherrington’s failure to repay the principal when due or a breach by Dr. Cherrington of any of her obligations relating to the loan. Upon the occurrence of any such events, the note would accrue interest at an annual rate of 4.11%. Pursuant to its original terms, the principal under the note was repayable in installments of 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of its issuance. Under the original terms of our employment offer letter agreement with Dr. Cherrington, we agreed to pay Dr. Cherrington cash amounts equal to, and coincident with, the installments of principal due under the note. We forgave $30,000 in each of July 2005, July 2006 and July 2007 under the loan, together with accrued interest. In January 2008, we forgave the remaining amounts outstanding under the note. As a result, Dr. Cherrington’s promissory note is no longer outstanding. In addition, we agreed to pay Dr. Cherrington an additional $13,290 during fiscal 2008, subject to her continued employment with us, to offset tax consequences associated with the accelerated forgiveness of the loan. If Dr. Cherrington’s employment with us terminates under certain circumstances after we pay the $13,290 to her but prior to July 22, 2009, Dr. Cherrington will be required to repay this amount to us.

 

Christopher L. Burnley

 

Pursuant to our employment offer letter agreement with Christopher L. Burnley, we agreed to extend a loan to Mr. Burnley to assist with his purchase of a home in San Diego, California. In connection with the loan, Mr. Burnley issued us a promissory note in the principal amount of $200,000 in June 2003. The note bears no interest until the occurrence of specified events of default, such as Mr. Burnley’s failure to repay the principal when due or a breach by Mr. Burnley of any of his obligations relating to the loan. Upon the occurrence of any such events, the note would accrue interest at an annual rate of 3.15%. Pursuant to its original terms, the principal under the note is repayable in installments of 12.5% on each of the first two anniversaries, 18.75% on the third anniversary, 25% on the fourth anniversary and 31.25% on the fifth anniversary of its issuance. Under the original terms of our employment offer letter agreement with Mr. Burnley, we agreed to pay Mr. Burnley cash amounts equal to, and coincident with, the installments of principal due under the note. We forgave $25,000 in each of June 2004 and June 2005, $37,500 in June 2006 and $50,000 in June 2007 under the loan, together with accrued interest. In January 2008, we forgave the remaining amounts outstanding under the note. As a result, Mr. Burnley’s promissory note is no longer outstanding.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We intend to enter into new agreements to indemnify our directors and officers in certain circumstances to be effective upon the completion of this offering. See “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Agreements.”

 

Policies for Approval of Related Person Transactions

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors, or a special independent committee established by the board of directors, has reviewed and approved transactions with directors, officers, and holders of 5% or more of our voting securities and their affiliates. Following the completion of this offering, these transactions will be approved by our audit committee, or a special independent committee established by the audit committee. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders.

 

98


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of December 31, 2007, the most recent practicable date, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

   

each beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our directors and named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants or stock options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2007, although these shares are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table are shares of common stock and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.

 

Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership prior to this offering are based on 32,751,776 shares outstanding, which includes 28,340,853 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 4,410,923 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of our Series C preferred stock issued on January 22, 2008, and assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering. Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership after this offering include the shares we are offering hereby.

 

We have granted to the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership after this offering in the following table assume that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

 

99


Table of Contents
     Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned
 
      Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

       

5% Stockholders:

       

JP Morgan Funds(2)

   5,925,282    18.0 %        %

Nomura Phase4 Ventures L.P.(3)

   5,220,769    15.8    

Delphi Funds(4)

   3,645,415    11.1    

Alta Partners Funds(5)

   3,198,438    9.8    

Sofinnova Funds(6)

   3,198,414    9.8    

Novartis Funds(7)

   3,083,390    9.4    

Baker Brothers Funds(8)

   2,491,365    7.6    

Bay City Capital Funds(9)

   2,114,806    6.5    

CMEA Funds(10)

   1,887,808    5.8    

Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

   443,878    1.3    

Julie Cherrington, Ph.D.

   226,394    *    

Christopher Burnley

   276,509    *    

John E. Crawford(11)

   425,000    1.3    

Hans-Peter Guler, M.D.

   135,689    *    

David Campbell, Ph.D.

   184,555    *    

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D.

         

John Diekman, Ph.D.(12)

         

James Harper

         

William Harris

         

Daniel Janney(13)

   3,198,438    9.8    

Arlene Morris

         

Deepika Pakianathan, Ph.D.(14)

   3,645,415    11.1    

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)

   14,461,160    42.3 %        %

 

   *   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the shares of common stock.
  (1)   Except as otherwise indicated, addresses are c/o Phenomix Corporation, 5871 Oberlin Drive, Suite 200, San Diego, CA 92121.
  (2)  

The amounts shown include shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase 103,055 shares of common stock and 788,215 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock purchased in January 2008, and reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. (“JPMP BHCA”), and by J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors, L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors A, L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Cayman), L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Cayman) II, L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Selldown), L.P. and J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Selldown) II, L.P. (collectively, the “JP Morgan Funds”). The general partner of JPMP BHCA is JPMP Master Fund Manager, L.P. (“JPMP MFM”). The general partner of each of the JP Morgan Funds is JPMP Global Investors, L.P. (“JPMP Global”). The general partner of each of JPMP MFM and JPMP Global is JPMP Capital Corp. (“JPMP Capital”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of JP Morgan Chase & Co., a publicly traded company (“JPM Chase”). As a result thereof, each of JPMP MFM, JPMP Global and JPMP Capital may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by JPMP BHCA and the JP Morgan Funds. The foregoing shall not be an admission that such persons are the beneficial owners of such securities and each disclaims any such beneficial ownership to the extent that it exceeds such person’s pecuniary interest therein. JPMP Capital exercises voting and dispositive power over the securities held by JPMP BHCA and the JP Morgan Funds. Both voting and disposition decisions at JPMP Capital are

 

100


Table of Contents
 

made by three or more of its officers, and therefore no individual officer of JPMP Capital is the beneficial owner of such securities. Each of JPMP BHCA, JPMP MFM, JPMP Global and JPMP Capital are members of the private equity business unit of JPM Chase. The address for the JP Morgan Funds is 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017, except that the address of each Cayman entity is c/o Walkers SPV Limited, PO Box 908 GT, Walker House, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.

  (3)   The amounts shown include shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase 216,643 shares of common stock and 677,500 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock purchased in January 2008. Nomura Phase4 Ventures Limited, as manager of Nomura Phase4 Ventures LP, has voting and investment power over all the shares held by such fund. Nomura Phase4 Ventures Limited is a subsidiary of Nomura International plc, which is a subsidiary of Nomura Europe Holdings plc, which in turn is a subsidiary of Nomura Holdings Inc., a publicly traded company. Mr. Hiromichi Aoki, the Head of Merchant Banking, Nomura International plc, and Dr. Denise Pollard-Knight, the Head of Nomura Phase4 Ventures, are the only two members of the board of directors of Nomura Phase4 Ventures Limited and both of them, acting together, exercise the voting and investment power of Nomura Phase4 Ventures Limited. The address of Nomura Phase4 Ventures LP is Nomura House, 1 St Martin’s-le-Grand, London EC1A 4NP, United Kingdom.
  (4)   The amounts shown include shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase 63,402 shares of common stock and 484,934 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock purchased in January 2008, and reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by Delphi Ventures VI, L.P. and Delphi BioInvestments VI, L.P. (together, the “Delphi Funds”). Delphi Management Partners VI, L.L.C. (“Delphi Management”), as a general partner of each of the Delphi Funds, and James J. Bochnowski, David L. Douglass, John F. Maroney, Douglas A. Roeder and Deepika R. Pakianathan, Ph.D., the managing members of Delphi Management, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the securities held by the Delphi Funds, but disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Delphi Funds is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 1, Suite 135, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
  (5)   The amounts shown include shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase 49,349 shares of common stock and 426,325 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock purchased in January 2008, and reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by Alta California Partners III, L.P. and Alta Embarcadero Partners III, LLC (together, the “Alta Funds”). Garrett Gruener, Guy Nohra and Daniel Janney are the managing directors of Alta California Management Partners III, LLC (which is the general partner of Alta California Partners III, L.P.) and are the managers of Alta Embarcadero Partners III, LLC. As managing directors and managers of such entities, these individuals may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the Alta Funds. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Alta Funds is One Embarcadero Center, Suite 3700, San Francisco, CA 94111.
 

(6)

 

The amounts shown include shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase 49,349 shares of common stock and 426,321 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock purchased in January 2008, and reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by Sofinnova Venture Affiliates V, L.P., Sofinnova Venture Partners V, L.P. and Sofinnova Venture Principals V, L.P. (collectively the “Sofinnova Funds”). The entities who have investment control of the Sofinnova Funds are Sofinnova Management V, L.L.C. (“SMV”) and Sofinnova Management V 2005, L.L.C. (“SM 2005”), the general partners of the Sofinnova Funds. Michael F. Powell, Alain L. Azan and James I. Healy, M.D., Ph.D., the managing members of SMV and SM 2005, may be deemed to have shared voting power of these shares, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Sofinnova Funds is 140 Geary Street, 10th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94108.

 

101


Table of Contents
  (7)   The amounts shown include shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase 47,464 shares of common stock and 3,083,390 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock purchased in January 2008, and reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by IRM LLC and Novartis Bioventures Ltd. (together, the “Novartis Funds”). The individuals who have investment control of securities held by the Novartis Funds are the members of the Boards of Directors of the Novartis Funds, Jörg Reinhardt, Max M. Burger and Emil Bock, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Novartis Funds is Hurst Holme, 12 Trott Road, P.O. Box HM 2899, Hamilton HM LX, Bermuda.
 

(8)

 

The amounts shown include shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase 43,330 shares of common stock and 331,416 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock purchased in January 2008, and reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by Baker Bros. Investments, L.P., Baker Bros. Investments II, L.P., Baker/Tisch Investments, L.P., Baker Biotech Fund I, L.P., Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. and 14159, L.P. (collectively, the “Baker Brothers Funds”). The individuals who have investment control of securities held by the Baker Brothers Funds are Julian C. Baker and Felix J. Baker, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Baker Brothers Funds is 667 Madison Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10021.

  (9)   The amounts shown include shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase 32,554 shares of common stock and 281,896 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock purchased in January 2008, and reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by The Bay City Capital Fund III, L.P. and The Bay City Capital Fund III, Co-Investment Fund, L.P. (together, the “Bay City Capital Funds III”). The individuals who have investment control of securities held by the Bay City Capital Funds III are Fred Craves and Carl Goldfischer, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for the Bay City Capital Funds is 750 Battery Street, Suite 400, San Francisco, CA 94111.
  (10)   The amounts shown include shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase 29,060 shares of common stock and 251,638 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock purchased in January 2008, and reflect the aggregate number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by CMEA Ventures Life Sciences 2000, L.P. and CMEA Ventures Life Sciences 2000, Civil Law Partnership (together, the “CMEA Funds”). The individuals who have investment control of securities held by the CMEA Funds are Thomas R. Baruch, David J. Collier and Karl D. Handelsman, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for the CMEA Funds is One Embarcadero Center, Suite 3250, San Francisco, CA 94111.
  (11)   Consists of 200,000 shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Crawford pursuant to the early exercise provision included in his option granted in October 2007 and 225,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of the option which is immediately exercisable pursuant to the early exercise provision. All of the shares underlying the original option grant are subject to our right of repurchase under the terms of the option grant.
  (12)   Dr. Diekman, a former managing director of Bay City Capital, has a less than 1% limited partnership interest in Bay City Capital Funds III. As a member of the general partner of Bay City Capital Funds III, Dr. Diekman also has an interest in profits of Bay City Capital Funds III.
  (13)   Consists of the shares beneficially owned by the Alta Partners Funds. Mr. Janney disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
  (14)   Consists of the shares beneficially owned by the Delphi Funds. Dr. Pakianathan disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein.

 

102


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect at the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

 

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of             shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share, and             shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

 

As of January 25, 2008, there were 745,676 shares of our common stock outstanding held by 68 stockholders of record, 273,349 shares of our Series A-4 preferred stock outstanding held by 19 stockholders of record, 2,669,022 shares of our Series A-5 preferred stock outstanding held by 19 stockholders of record, 11,431,652 shares of our Series B preferred stock outstanding held by 34 stockholders of record, 17,632,077 shares of our Series C preferred stock outstanding held by 33 stockholders of record, outstanding warrants to purchase 957,440 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share, which includes warrants currently exercisable for 913,585 shares of our preferred stock that will convert into warrants to purchase 913,585 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and outstanding options to purchase 4,075,971 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $.67 per share under our 2001 Stock Option Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 32,355,340 shares of our common stock.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive proportionally any dividends declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock.

 

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to             shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors can fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control and could harm the market price of our common stock.

 

Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

103


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

 

Holders of approximately 33,022,060 shares of our common stock, including 957,299 shares underlying outstanding warrants, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock upon completion of this offering, have rights, under the terms of a registration rights agreement between us and these holders, to require us to use our best efforts to file registration statements under the Securities Act or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. We refer to these shares as registrable securities. The registration rights agreement does not provide for any liquidated damages, penalties or other rights in the event we do not file a registration statement.

 

Demand Registration Rights. At any time 180 days after the completion of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of at least 70% of the then outstanding registrable securities have the right to demand that we file a registration statement on a form other than Form S-3 covering the offering and sale of their shares of our common stock in an offering in which the anticipated aggregate amount of securities to be sold pursuant to such request is at least $20 million. We are only obligated to file such a registration statement three times upon the request of these holders so long as each such registration statement is declared effective. This offering will not count toward that limitation.

 

Form S-3 Registration Rights. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, any holder of registrable securities may demand, on one or more occasions, that we file registration statements on Form S-3 to cover the offer and sale of all or a portion of their registrable securities, provided that the anticipated aggregate amount of securities to be sold pursuant to such request exceeds $1,000,000.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights. All parties to the registration rights agreement have piggyback registration rights. Under these provisions, if we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, these stockholders will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to customary exceptions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration statement, and piggyback registration rights are also subject to the priority rights of stockholders having demand registration rights in any demand registration.

 

Expenses of Registration. We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, related to any demand, Form S-3 or piggyback registration, including fees and disbursements of one counsel for the holders of registrable securities.

 

Indemnification. The registration rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

 

Expiration of Registration Rights. The registration rights granted under the registration rights agreement terminate on the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

 

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

 

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies. In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, our board is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

104


Table of Contents

Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum.

 

No Written Consent of Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

 

Meetings of Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

 

Advance Notice Requirements. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in the bylaws.

 

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. As required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability, the amendment of our bylaws and the amendment of our certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws, and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

 

Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our certificate of incorporation provides for                     authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

 

105


Table of Contents

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, but not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance of transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

 

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owing 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

 

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

 

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “PHMX.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is expected to be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is c/o Computershare Stockholder Services Inc., 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

 

106


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of             shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding stock options. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to certain limitations and restrictions described below. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for exemption under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below, or another exemption.

 

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

Date of Availability of Sale

   Approximate
Number of Shares

As of the date of this prospectus

  

90 days after the date of this prospectus

  

180 days after the date of this prospectus, or longer if the lock-up period is extended, although a portion of such shares will be subject to volume limitations pursuant to Rule 144

  

Thereafter

  

 

Stock Plans

 

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described below.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

All of our directors who beneficially own shares of our common stock or options to purchase common stock, all of our executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock have signed a lock-up agreement that prevents them from selling any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of not less than 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives. This 180-day period may be extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period following the last day of the 180-day period. The period of such extension will be 18 days, beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The representatives may in their sole discretion and at any time without notice release some or all of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the representatives will consider,

 

107


Table of Contents

among other factors, the stockholder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. See “Underwriting” for a more complete description of the terms of these agreements.

 

Rule 144

 

Under Rule 144, as amended effective February 15, 2008, a stockholder is entitled to sell shares of our common stock beginning 90 days after this offering, provided that:

 

   

the shares to be sold were acquired from us or an affiliate of ours at least six months prior to the sale,

 

   

at the time of sale we have filed all reports due under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during the 12 months preceding the sale (or, such shorter period that we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act),

 

   

the stockholder files a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale,

 

   

the number of shares to be sold, plus any other shares sold by that stockholder during the preceding three months, does not exceed the greater of 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately          shares immediately after this offering, or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale, and

 

   

the shares are sold in a brokers’ transaction, a transaction directly with a market maker or a riskless principal transaction, in each case meeting specified requirements.

 

Under Rule 144, as amended, a stockholder who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding the sale and who has held the shares to be sold for at least one year, will be able to sell those shares without regard to whether we have filed our Exchange Act reports, without filing a notice on Form 144 and without complying with the volume and manner of sale requirements described above.

 

Regardless of whether shares may be sold under Rule 144, as amended, they are subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period and notice filing requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

 

Registration Rights

 

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 33,022,060 shares of our common stock have certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable.

 

108


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

 

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a beneficial owner that is a “non-U.S. holder.” For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a person or entity that does not own or has not owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock, and is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof;

 

   

an estate, other than an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, other than if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition of our stock and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock.

 

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein, possibly with a retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances and does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

 

The discussion below is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our shares of common stock as capital assets within the meaning of the Code and that are not subject to special rules under the Code (e.g., financial institutions, governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, controlled foreign corporations, or passive foreign investment companies).

 

If a partnership, or any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a holder of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder that is a partnership, and the partners in such partnership, should consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, holding and disposition of our common stock.

 

This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. Prospective holders are urged to consult their tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

 

Dividends

 

As discussed in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. If we were to make a distribution on our common stock, any distributions of cash or property received in respect of the common stock by a person that is a non-U.S. holder, to the extent considered dividends

 

109


Table of Contents

for U.S. federal income tax purposes (that is, to the extent treated as made from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividend is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States or, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder.

 

If the dividend is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. permanent establishment, the dividend will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates and is eligible for an exemption from the withholding tax. In addition, dividends received by a corporate non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. permanent establishment may, under some circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

For the purposes of obtaining a reduced rate of withholding under an income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide information concerning the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence and entitlement to tax treaty benefits on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, and may be required to provide a taxpayer identification number thereon. However, some payments to foreign partnerships and other fiscally transparent entities may not be eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty or, in order to qualify for a withholding exemption, may require provision of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY by the fiscally transparent entity and Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN by its beneficial owners that are eligible for such reduced rate of withholding. If the non-U.S. holder claims exemption from withholding with respect to dividends effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a business within the United States, the non-U.S. holder must provide Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI to us or our paying agent and provide a taxpayer identification number thereon. If the non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such excess will be treated first as a return of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in the common stock to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset, which would be taxable as described below.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise; or

 

   

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, as defined below, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or during the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter.

 

We are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Code and the applicable Treasury regulations) equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business.

 

110


Table of Contents

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

 

Information returns will be filed with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. Unless a non-U.S. holder complies with certification procedures to establish that it is not a U.S. person, information returns may be filed with the Internal Revenue Service in respect of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock and the non-U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. backup withholding on payments of dividends or on the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Individual non-U.S. holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by a non-U.S. holder individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, the common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

111


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Pacific Growth Equities, LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $            a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow a concession not in excess of $            a share to our underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of                     additional shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $            , the total underwriting discounts and commissions would be $            and the total proceeds to us would be $            .

 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

     Per Share    Total
     No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise
   No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $                $                $                $            

 

112


Table of Contents

The expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated to be approximately $            , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

We and all of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (other than any registration statement on Form S-8); or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock as a bona fide gift;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period;

 

   

distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock by will or intestate succession; or

 

   

distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock to general or limited partners, or members of the stockholders;

 

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution as described in the third, fourth or fifth bullet points above, (i) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to in the foregoing sentence.

 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue a release regarding earnings or regarding material news or events relating to us; or

 

113


Table of Contents
   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

 

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “PHMX.”

 

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. No forms of prospectus other than printed prospectuses and electronically distributed prospectuses that are printable in Adobe PDF format will be used in connection with this offering.

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares of common stock to the public in that Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer of shares of common stock to the public in that Member State:

 

   

at any time to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

   

at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

   

at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

114


Table of Contents

For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer of shares of common stock to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares of common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State.

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of the common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done by it in relation to any shares of common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and other financial operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

 

115


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of common stock we are offering will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, San Diego, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell, Menlo Park, California, is representing the underwriters in connection with this offering. Stephen C. Ferruolo, a partner of Goodwin Procter LLP, is a beneficial owner of 10,814 shares of our common stock and serves as our Secretary.

 

EXPERTS

 

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2005 and 2006, and for each of the years in the period ended December 31, 2006, as set forth in their report. We have included our consolidated financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning the markets for treatments for Type 2 diabetes and HCV infection, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from independent industry analysts, third party sources and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. None of the sources cited in this prospectus has consented to the inclusion of any data from its reports, nor have we sought the consent of these sources. In addition, while we believe the market position, market opportunity and market share information included in this prospectus is generally reliable and is based on reasonable assumptions, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors.”

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

 

Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

 

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facility.

 

116


Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-11

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-12

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Phenomix Corporation

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Phenomix Corporation (a development stage company) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the Standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Phenomix Corporation (a development stage company) at December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the audited financial statements, on January 1, 2006, Phenomix Corporation changed its method of accounting for share-based payments as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised in 2004), Share Based Payment.

 

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

San Diego, California

January 23, 2008

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    December 31,     September 30,
2007
 
    2005     2006    
                (unaudited)  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,971     $ 6,291     $ 42,184  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    374       312       1,204  

Assets of discontinued operations

    1,976       88        
                       

Total current assets

    15,321       6,691       43,388  

Property and equipment, net

    1,522       1,149       840  

Notes receivable from related parties

    709       538       123  

Deposits and other assets

    1              
                       

Total assets

  $ 17,553     $ 8,378     $ 44,351  
                       

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 242     $ 1,794     $ 2,035  

Accrued research and development

    1,427       818       2,628  

Other accrued liabilities

    337       576       543  

Current portion of notes payable

    1,887       932       2,636  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    1,650       53        
                       

Total current liabilities

    5,543       4,173       7,842  

Notes payable, net of current portion and debt issuance
costs

    2,585       2,414       4,728  

Other long-term liabilities

    369       404       209  

Commitments

     

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 14,443, 14,512, and 28,394 shares authorized at December 31, 2005, 2006, and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively; 7,187, 14,374, and 27,595 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005, 2006, and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively; liquidation preference of $64,260 and $120,582 at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited) respectively.

    7       14       28  

Common stock, $.001 par value; 17,250, 17,319, and 34,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2005, 2006, and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively; 234, 185, and 349 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005, 2006, and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively.

                 

Additional paid-in capital

    48,264       68,723       124,454  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    357              

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (39,572 )     (67,350 )     (92,910 )
                       

Total stockholders’ equity

    9,056       1,387       31,572  
                       

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 17,553     $ 8,378     $ 44,351  
                       

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine months ended
September 30,
   

Period from
July 30, 2001
(inception)
through
September 30,

2007

 
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007    
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

  $ 6,271     $ 11,075     $ 22,800     $ 15,522     $ 21,340     $ 65,420  

General and administrative

    2,878       3,871       6,129       5,039       4,582       21,704  
                                               

Total operating expenses

    9,149       14,946       28,929       20,561       25,922       87,124  
                                               

Operating loss

    (9,149 )     (14,946 )     (28,929 )     (20,561 )     (25,922 )     (87,124 )

Interest income

    127       457       655       530       774       2,347  

Interest expense

    (201 )     (456 )     (372 )     (239 )     (480 )     (1,634 )

Other income (expense), net

    (81 )     (26 )     (47 )     (28 )     (27 )     (125 )
                                               

Net loss from continuing operations

    (9,304 )     (14,971 )     (28,693 )     (20,298 )     (25,655 )     (86,536 )

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

    (2,840 )     304       915       484       95       (6,374 )
                                               

Net loss

  $ (12,144 )   $ (14,667 )   $ (27,778 )   $ (19,814 )   $ (25,560 )   $ (92,910 )
                                               

Historical net loss per share, basic and diluted:

           

Net loss per share from continuing operations

  $ (134.44 )   $ (81.89 )   $ (109.48 )   $ (82.65 )   $ (106.33 )  

Net (loss) income per share from discontinued operations

    (41.03 )     1.66       3.49       1.97       .39    
                                         

Net loss per share

  $ (175.47 )   $ (80.23 )   $ (105.99 )   $ (80.68 )   $ (105.94 )  
                                         

Weighted average shares, basic and diluted

    69,208       182,804       262,098       245,579       241,283    
                                         

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted:

           

Pro forma net loss per share from continuing operations

      $ (2.23 )     $ (1.26 )  

Pro forma net income per share from discontinued operations

        .07         .01    
                       

Pro forma net loss per share

      $ (2.16 )     $ (1.25 )  
                       

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

        12,883,670         20,475,231    
                       

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

For the Period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
  Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount        

Issuance of common stock in December 2001 at $.001 per share for cash

    $  —   26     $  —   $ 3   $   $     $ 3  

Net loss and comprehensive loss

      —         —                   (448 )     (448 )
                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2001

        26           3         (448 )     (445 )

Issuance of common stock in January 2002 at $1.00 per share for cash upon exercise of a warrant

        1           1               1  

Issuance of common stock in January and February 2002 at $10.50 per share for technology licenses

        50           520               520  

Issuance of Series A1 convertible preferred stock in January and February 2002 at $10.50 per share for cash and conversion of notes payable, net issuance costs of $164

  119                 12,278               12,278  

Issuance of common stock for cash upon the exercise of stock options

        10           67               67  

Repurchase of restricted common stock

        (1 )                        

Stock-based compensation related to equity instruments granted to consultants

                  31               31  

Components of comprehensive loss:

               

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                      119           119  

Net loss

                          (4,467 )     (4,467 )
                     

Comprehensive loss

                                (4,348 )
                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2002

  119         —   86           —     12,900     119     (4,915 )     8,104  

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (continued)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

For the Period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount   Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2002

  119       86       12,900     119     (4,915 )   8,104  

Issuance of Series A2 convertible preferred stock in June and September 2003 at $10.50 per share for cash, net issuance costs of $60

  128             13,397             13,397  

Issuance of common stock for cash upon the exercise of stock options

        1       1             1  

Repurchase of restricted common stock

        (3 )     (1 )           (1 )

Conversion of preferred stock into common stock

  (6 )     6                    

Stock-based compensation related to equity instruments granted to consultants

              45             45  

Issuance of warrant in connection with Loan Agreement

              74             74  

Components of comprehensive loss:

               

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                  260         260  

Unrealized loss on short-term investments

                  (3 )       (3 )

Net loss

                      (7,846 )   (7,846 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

                          (7,589 )
                                           

Balance at December 31, 2003

  241           90         —   26,416     376     (12,761 )   14,031  

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (continued)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

For the Period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
  Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2003

  241     90       26,416     376   (12,761 )   14,031  

Issuance of Series A3 convertible preferred stock in July 2004 at $10.50 per share for cash

  19           2,000           2,000  

Issuance of common stock for cash upon the exercise of stock options

      1       7           7  

Repurchase of restricted common stock

      (2 )     (2 )       (2 )

Stock-based compensation related to equity instruments granted to consultants

            56           56  

Issuance of warrant in connection with Loan Agreement

            18           18  

Components of comprehensive loss:

               

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                49       49  

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

                3       3  

Net loss

                  (12,144 )   (12,144 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

                      (12,092 )
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2004

  260       —       89         —   28,495     428   (24,905 )   4,018  

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (continued)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

For the Period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount   Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2004

  260       89       28,495     428     (24,905 )   4,018  

Conversion of Series A1, A2 and A3 to common stock

  (260 )     275                    

Exchange of common stock for Series A4 convertible preferred stock

  137       (137 )                  

Issuance of Series A5 convertible preferred April 2005

  1,334     1         (1 )            

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in April 2005 at $3.50 per share for cash, net issuance costs of $241

  5,716     6         19,758             19,764  

Issuance of common stock for cash upon the exercise of stock options

        7       3             3  

Stock-based compensation related to equity instruments granted to consultants

              8             8  

Issuance of warrant in connection with loan agreement

              1             1  

Components of comprehensive loss:

               

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                  (71 )       (71 )

Net loss

                      (14,667 )   (14,667 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

                          (14,738 )
                                           

Balance at December 31, 2005

  7,187         7   234         —   48,264     357     (39,572 )   9,056  

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (continued)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

For the Period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2005

  7,187   7   234       48,264   357     (39,572 )   9,056  

Exchange of common stock for Series A4 convertible preferred stock

  136     (136 )                

Issuance of Series A5 convertible preferred in March 2006

  1,335   1                   1  

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in March 2006 at $3.50 per share for cash, net issuance costs of $26

  5,716   6         19,972           19,978  

Issuance of common stock for cash upon the exercise of stock options

      87       31           31  

Stock-based compensation related to equity instruments granted

            24           24  

Issuance of warrant in connection with loan agreement

            432           432  

Components of comprehensive loss:

               

Foreign currency translation adjustment

              (357 )       (357 )

Net loss

                  (27,778 )   (27,778 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

                      (28,135 )
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2006

  14,374   14   185         —   68,723       —     (67,350 )   1,387  

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (continued)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

For the Period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
  Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2006

  14,374     14   185         68,723         (67,350 )     1,387  

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in March 2007 at $4.16 per share for cash, net of issuance costs of $192 (unaudited)

  6,611     7           27,302               27,309  

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in September 2007 at $4.16 per share for cash, net of issuance costs of $11 (unaudited)

  6,610     7           27,482               27,489  

Issuance of common stock for cash upon the exercise of stock options (unaudited)

        164         58               58  

Stock-based compensation related to equity instruments granted (unaudited)

                889               889  

Issuance of warrant in connection with Loan Agreement (unaudited)

                               

Components of comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss (unaudited)

                        (25,560 )     (25,560 )
                     

Comprehensive loss

                              (25,560 )
                                               

Balance at September 30, 2007 (unaudited)

  27,595   $ 28   349   $   $ 124,454   $   $ (92,910 )   $ 31,572  
                                               

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine months ended
September 30,
    Period from
July 30, 2001
(inception)
through
September 30,

2007
 
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007    
                            (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Operating activities

           

Net loss

  $ (12,144 )   $ (14,667 )   $ (27,778 )   $ (19,814 )   $ (25,560 )   $ (92,910 )

Loss ( income) from discontinued operations

    2,840       (304 )     (915 )     (484 )     (95 )     6,374  

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    415       494       504       381       348       2,026  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    24       22       54       11       86       205  

Forgiveness of notes receivable and accrued interest

    162       163       196       196       426       1,044  

Common stock issued for technology

                                  520  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

                13             (8 )     3  

Stock-based compensation

    56       8       24       10       889       1,054  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    111       (84 )     68       (3 )     (887 )     (1,012 )

Accounts payable

    (233 )     213       1,552       581       241       2,035  

Accrued liabilities

    243       931       (371 )     (952 )     1,777       3,171  

Other long-term liabilities

    253       57       34       27       (195 )     209  
                                               

Net cash used in operating activities

    (8,273 )     (13,167 )     (26,619 )     (20,047 )     (22,978 )     (77,281 )

Investing activities

           

Notes receivable from related parties

    (171 )     (29 )     (25 )     (20 )     (11 )     (1,167 )

Purchases of property and equipment

    (558 )     (301 )     (147 )     (138 )     (60 )     (2,924 )

Proceeds from sale of equipment

                5             30       34  

Purchases of short-term investments

                                  (6.251 )

Maturities of short-term investments

    6,251                               6,251  

Deposits and other assets

    83       55             1              

Restricted cash

    107       (3 )     (6 )     (5 )     (5 )     (192 )
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    5,712       (278 )     (173 )     (162 )     (46 )     (4,249 )

Financing activities

           

Proceeds from notes payable

    6,128             3,500             4,500       16,274  

Repayment of notes payable

    (686 )     (2,414 )     (4,244 )     (1,555 )     (570 )     (8,221 )

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net of repurchases

    5       3       31       14       58       170  

Proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, net

    1,997       19,766       19,978       19,978       54,798       121,865  
                                               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    7,444       17,355       19,265       18,437       58,786       130,088  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

    4,883       3,910       (7,527 )     (1,772 )     35,762       48,558  

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

           

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations

    (1,425 )     77       547       500       131       (5,424 )

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities of discontinued operations

    50       (58 )     300       40             (950 )
                                               

Increase (decrease) in cash from discontinued operations

    (1,375 )     19       847       540       131       (6,374 )
                                         

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

  $ 5,534     $ 9,042     $ 12,971     $ 12,971     $ 6,291    
                                         

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

  $ 9,042     $ 12,971     $ 6,291     $ 11,739     $ 42,184    
                                         

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

           

Interest paid

  $ 191     $ 456     $ 306     $ 230     $ 393    
                                         

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

           

Change in construction in process accrued for in accrued liabilities

  $ (329 )   $     $     $     $    
                                         

Conversion of Series A1, A2 and A3 preferred stock to common stock

  $     $ 27,675     $     $     $    
                                         

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

1. The Company

 

Nature of Operation and Basis of Presentation

 

Phenomix Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware and commenced operations in July 2001. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel small-molecule product candidates directed toward clinically validated targets in significant therapeutic markets. The Company’s lead product candidate, PHX1149, is a dipeptidyl-peptidase-4, or DPP-4, inhibitor that is being developed as an oral, once-daily treatment for Type 2 diabetes. The Company’s second product candidate, PHX1176, is a protease inhibitor currently in preclinical development for the treatment of hepatitis C virus, or HCV, infection.

 

Since inception, the Company has been engaged in research and development and organizational activities such as recruiting personnel, establishing laboratory facilities, conducting drug and preclinical development, and obtaining financing. Accordingly, the Company is considered to be in the development stage. Since inception and through December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, the Company has incurred losses of approximately $67,350 and $92,910, respectively. Successful completion of the Company’s development programs and its transition to profitable operations are dependent upon obtaining financing and achieving revenues adequate to support continued operations.

 

Need to Raise Additional Capital

 

The Company has incurred net losses from operations since its inception and had a deficit accumulated of $67,350 as of December 31, 2006. To date, none of the Company’s product candidates has been approved for marketing and sale. Management expects operating losses to continue through the foreseeable future. In order to continue its operations, the Company must raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or generate revenues from collaborative partners through a combination of research funding, up-front license fees, milestone payments and royalties or revenue or profit-sharing. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional equity or debt financing or generate revenues on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. The failure of the Company to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. Management believes that the Company has sufficient capital to fund its operations at least through December 31, 2008.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

 

The accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2007, the statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 and the period from July 1, 2001 (inception) to September 30, 2007, and the statements of stockholders’ equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements and inception to date amounts have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the Company’s financial statements. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to the nine-month periods and the period from July 1, 2001 (inception) to September 30, 2007 are unaudited. The results for the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

nine months ended September 30, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2007 or for any other interim period or for any future year.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and Phenomix Australia Pty Limited, which is wholly owned by the Company. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation, the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates. Income, expenses and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates. The Company closed Phenomix Australia Pty Limited in July 2006.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

In July 2004, the Company entered into a collaboration agreement with Genentech, Inc. related to the Company’s forward genetics technology, which the Company is no longer developing and which is unrelated to the Company’s product candidates and current strategy for drug discovery. The Company recorded $89, $214, $1,197 and $1,197 in revenue related to the amortization of the collaboration agreement advance and $591, $3,175, $1,555 and $1,430 in revenue related to screening and analyzing services for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, respectively. In the third quarter of 2006, the Company and Genentech reached an agreement to terminate this agreement; therefore there was no related revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

 

In November 2005, the Company’s Australian subsidiary was awarded a grant from AusIndustry, a division of the Australian Government Department of Industry, Tourism and Resources. The Commercial Ready grant was a competitive merit-based grant program designed to support innovation and commercialization within the private sector. Revenues were recognized as a 50% match to the total expenses incurred to operate the program. The Company recorded $0, $118 and $387 in revenues for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and $387 and $0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

 

All revenues generated since inception were generated through the Company’s discontinued forward genetics business primarily performed at the Company’s Australian subsidiary. Accordingly, all revenues are included in net income (loss) from discontinued operations on the Company’s income statement.

 

Upon the termination of the collaboration agreement with Genentech in the third quarter of 2006, the Company closed its Australian subsidiary and reclassified the results of operations of the businesses to discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. Revenues from the business were $712, $3,510 and $3,139 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006, respectively. There was no revenue generated from the business during the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

 

Segment Information

 

The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measure of profitability and does not segment its business for internal reporting.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

Use of Estimates

 

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. In preparing these financial statements, management has made its best estimates and judgments of certain amounts included in the financial statements, giving due consideration to materiality. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, classification of investments, fair values of assets, convertible preferred stock and common stock, income taxes, preclinical study and clinical trial accruals and other contingencies. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include money market funds.

 

Investment Securities Available for Sale

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, the Company classifies all securities as available-for-sale, as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity to implement management strategies. These securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities, if any, are determined on a specific identification basis.

 

Concentration of Risk and Uncertainties

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Substantially all the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are held by two financial institutions that management believes are of high credit quality. Such deposits may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. The Company believes that its guideline for investment of excess cash maintains safety and liquidity through its policies on diversification and investment maturity.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments. The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and restricted cash. The carrying amounts of these instruments approximate their estimated fair values as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and September 30, 2007.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets,

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful economic lives of the related assets.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, long-lived assets, such as property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet. Although the Company has accumulated losses since inception, the Company believes the future cash flows to be received from the long-lived assets will exceed the assets’ carrying value and, accordingly, the Company has not recognized any impairment losses through September 30, 2007.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company will recognize revenue in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements, as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition and Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

All research and development expenses are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses include, but are not limited to, salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation, lab supplies, allocated overhead, fees for professional service providers and costs associated with product development efforts, including preclinical studies and clinical trials.

 

Preclinical Study and Clinical Trial Accruals

 

The Company estimates preclinical study and clinical trial expenses based on the services received pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on its behalf. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company adjusts the accrual accordingly.

 

Patent Costs

 

Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are expensed to general and administrative expenses as incurred as recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

Stock-Based Compensation Under SFAS No. 123R

 

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangements using the intrinsic value method of Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, or APB No. 25, and related interpretations. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company utilized the minimum value method to comply with the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, or SFAS No. 123. The pro forma net losses disclosed under the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123 were less than $47 greater than the reported net losses for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005. Under APB No. 25, compensation expense for employees is based on the excess, if any, of the fair value of the Company’s common stock over the exercise price of the option on the date of grant. No stock-based compensation expense was recorded under APB No. 25 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005.

 

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, or SFAS No. 123R, which requires compensation expense related to share-based transactions, including employee stock options, to be measured and recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on fair value. SFAS No. 123R revises SFAS No. 123, as amended, and supersedes APB No. 25. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R using the prospective approach. Under the prospective approach, SFAS No. 123R applies to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled after the required effective date. The Company recognizes compensation expense over the vesting period using the straight-line method and classifies these amounts in the consolidated statements of operations based on the department to which the related employee reports.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes as required by SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

 

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, (FIN 48) to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement and classification of amounts relating to uncertain tax positions, accounting for and disclosure of interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and transition relating to the adoption of the new accounting standard. FIN 48 is effective for eligible nonpublic enterprises for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The Company will adopt FIN 48 as of January 1, 2008. The Company does not expect that the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material impact on its financial position and results of operations.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss), including unrealized gains and losses on investments, shall be reported net of their related tax effect to arrive at comprehensive income (loss). Comprehensive income (loss) was $52, ($71), ($357) and ($357) for 2004, 2005,

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, respectively. Comprehensive income (loss) does not differ from the reported net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

 

Net Loss per Common Share

 

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common share equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, preferred stock, stock options and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share when their effect is dilutive.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period plus the weighted average number of common shares resulting from the assumed conversion of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock. The assumed conversion is calculated using the as-if-converted method, as if such conversion had occurred as of the beginning of each period presented or as of the original issuance date, if later. Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering on an as converted basis for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended September 31, 2007 as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  

Historical

         

Numerator:

         

Net loss from continuing operations

  $ (9,304 )   $ (14,971 )   $ (28,693 )   $ (20,298 )   $ (25,655 )

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (2,840 )     304       915       484       95  
                                       

Net loss

  $ (12,144 )   $ (14,667 )   $ (27,778 )   $ (19,814 )   $ (25,560 )
                                       

Denominator:

         

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding

    90,060       190,304       262,876       245,579       241,283  

Weighted-average unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase

    (20,852 )     (7,500 )     (778 )            
                                       

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

    69,208       182,804       262,098       245,579       241,283  
                                       

Basic and diluted net loss per share:

         

Net loss per share from continuing operations

  $ (134.44 )   $ (81.89 )   $ (109.48 )   $ (82.65 )   $ (106.33 )

Net (loss) income per share from discontinued operations

    (41.03 )     1.66       3.49       1.97       .39  
                                       

Net loss per share

  $ (175.47 )   $ (80.23 )   $ (105.99 )   $ (80.68 )   $ (105.94 )
                                       

Pro forma

         

Numerator:

         

Net loss from continuing operations

      $ (28,693 )     $ (25,655 )

Net income from discontinued operations

        915         95  
                     

Net loss

      $ (27,778 )     $ (25,560 )
                     

Denominator:

         

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted (per above)

        262,098         241,283  

Adjustments to reflect the weighted average effect of the assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock from the date of issuance

        12,621,572         20,233,948  
                     

Pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

        12,883,670         20,475,231  

Basic and diluted net loss per share:

         

Net loss per share from continuing operations

      $ (2.23 )     $ (1.26 )

Net income per share from discontinued operations

        .07         .01  
                     

Pro forma net loss per share

      $ (2.16 )     $ (1.25 )
                     

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive are as follows (in common equivalent shares):

 

     As of December 31,    As of September 30,
     2004    2005    2006    2006    2007

Preferred stock

   259,873    7,187,003    14,374,023    14,374,023    27,595,177

Preferred stock warrants

   857       137,143       798,201

Common stock subject to repurchase

   13,460    1,540    16    16   

Common stock options

   39,021    1,294,381    2,156,203    2,153,203    3,932,938

Common stock warrants

   2,998    43,855    43,855    43,855    43,855
                        
   316,209    8,526,779    16,711,240    16,571,097    32,370,171
                        

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. Under the standard, fair value measurements would be separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 157 is not expected to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. SFAS No. 159 provides entities with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2007, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 07-03, Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities. Under EITF 07-03, nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities should be deferred and capitalized. Such amounts should be expensed as the related goods are delivered or services are performed. If the Company’s expectations change such that it does not expect the goods to be delivered or services to be rendered, the capitalized advance payment should be charged to expense. EITF No. 07-03 is effective for new contracts entered into beginning January 1, 2008. The Company has not yet determined the impact that EITF No. 07-03 will have on its financial statements.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

3. Balance Sheet Components

 

Property and Equipment

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2007
 
     2005     2006    

Laboratory equipment

   $ 1,754     $ 1,817     $ 1,758  

Office furniture and fixtures

     66       68       77  

Computer equipment and software

     425       474       506  

Leasehold improvements

     450       450       450  
                        
     2,695       2,809       2,791  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,173 )     (1,660 )     (1,951 )
                        
   $ 1,522     $ 1,149     $ 840  
                        

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $415, $494 and $504 for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $381, $348 and $2,026 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, 2007 and the period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007, respectively.

 

Accrued Research and Development and Other Accrued Liabilities

 

     December 31,    September 30,
2007
     2005    2006   

Research and development

   $ 1,427    $ 818    $ 2,628

Payroll and related expenses

     337      357      448

Professional services

          57      72

Other

          162      23
                    
   $ 1,764    $ 1,394    $ 3,171
                    

 

4. Notes Receivable from Related Parties

 

In 2002, the Company loaned $600 to an officer in connection with an employment agreement. The note receivable bore interest at approximately 4.6% per annum and was due over five years. The note contained partial forgiveness provisions totaling $400 based on the continuous service of the officer through June 2007. In connection with the note, the officer was granted a stock option to acquire 200 shares of common stock at $10.50 per share. The value of the shares underlying the options did not exceed $200 at the time the note was due in June 2007. Accordingly, the difference between the value of the shares and the note balance was forgiven in accordance with the terms of the note. The note was secured by a second trust deed on certain real property. The note and accrued interest totaled $434, $332 and $0 as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and September 30, 2007, respectively.

 

In 2003, the Company loaned $200 to an officer in connection with an employment agreement. The note bears interest at approximately 3.15% and is due over five years. The note contains forgiveness provisions totaling $200 based upon the continuous service of the officer through June 2008. The note is fully secured by a

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

second trust deed on certain real property. The note and total accrued interest totaled $152, $114 and $63 as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and September 30, 2007, respectively.

 

In 2004, the Company loaned $150 to an officer in connection with an employment agreement. The note receivable bears interest at 3.152% per annum and is due over five years. The note contains forgiveness provisions totaling $150 based on the continuous service of the officer through February 2009. The note is secured by a second trust deed on certain real property. The note and accrued interest totaled $122, $91 and $60 as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and September 30, 2007, respectively.

 

5. Notes Payable

 

In March 2003, the Company entered into a $2,250 master security agreement with an equipment financing company for the purchase of capital equipment. Any draws under the agreement were repayable over 36 months and bore interest at a rate of 10.17% per annum. In connection with the agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 857 shares of Series A2 preferred stock at an exercise price of $105 per share (Note 9). These warrants were converted to common warrants upon the Company’s April 2005 Series B financing (Note 8). The agreement was secured by the underlying capital assets purchased. All amounts owed under this agreement were repaid in 2006 upon maturity.

 

In March 2004, the Company entered into a $1,500 master security agreement with an equipment financing company for the purchase of capital equipment. Draws under the agreement are repayable over 42 months and bear an interest rate of approximately 8% per annum. In connection with the agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 141 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $105 per share (Note 9). The agreement is secured by the underlying capital assets purchased. Through December 31, 2006, the Company has made draws under the agreement totaling $781. Remaining amounts owed under this agreement mature at various dates in 2007 and 2008.

 

In December 2004, the Company entered into a $5,000 loan agreement with a financial institution for funds to use as working capital. The loan agreement was repayable over 48 months and bore interest at a rate of prime plus 1% per annum. In connection with the agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 2,857 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $105 per share (Note 9). Subsequent to the Company’s April 2005 Series B financing, the Company and the financial institution agreed to an amendment to the warrant agreement making it exercisable for 42,857 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.00 per share. All amounts owed under this agreement were repaid in November 2006.

 

In November 2006, the Company entered into an $8,000 loan agreement with a financial institution for funds to use as working capital. Draws under the agreement bear an interest rate of prime plus 2% per annum (10.25%) and include 6 monthly payments of interest only and 30 monthly payments of principal and interest thereafter. In connection with the loan agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 137,143 shares of Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share (Note 9). This loan agreement is secured by all unencumbered assets excluding intellectual property. Through December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, the Company has made draws under the loan agreement totaling $3,500 and $8,000, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

Future payments related to the borrowings are:

 

     December 31,
2006
   September 30,
2007

Year ending December 31,

     

2007

   $ 1,279    $ 554

2008

     1,607      3,638

2009

     1,485      3,516

2010

          1,015
             

Total minimum payments

   $ 4,371    $ 8,723
             

 

The carrying accounts shown for the Company’s notes payable are net of the fair value of warrants of $28, $405 and $319 as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and September 30, 2007, respectively.

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating Lease

 

The Company leases a 16,603 square foot building consisting of office and laboratory space in San Diego, California. The operating lease, which expires in January 2011, is non-cancelable and contains a 3.5% per annum escalation clause. The Company is required to pay a pro rata share of certain building expenses in addition to the base rent. The Company has a $192 standby letter of credit with a financial institution in connection with the office facility lease.

 

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Accordingly, rent expense recognized in excess of paid rent is reflected as deferred rent. Deferred rent totaled $231, $226, and $208 at December 31, 2005, 2006 and September 30, 2007, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities.

 

Future minimum lease payments under this lease as of December 31, 2006 are:

 

Year ending December 31,

  

2007

   $ 585

2008

     606

2009

     627

2010

     649

2011

     56
      
   $ 2,523
      

 

Rent expense totaled $1,063, $1,258 and $1,095, for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and $862, $527 and $4,936 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, 2007 and the period from July 30, 2001 (inception) through September 30, 2007, respectively.

 

Guarantees and Indemnifications

 

FIN No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, the guarantor must recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligations it assumes under that guarantee.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

The Company, as permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with its bylaws, indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while the officer or director is or was serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is equal to the officer’s or director’s lifetime.

 

The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited; however, the Company currently holds director and officer liability insurance. This insurance limits the Company’s exposure and may enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company believes that the fair value of these indemnification obligations is minimal. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized any liabilities relating to these obligations for any period presented.

 

The Company has certain agreements with contract research organizations with which it does business that contain indemnification provisions pursuant to which the Company typically agrees to indemnify the party against certain types of third-party claims. The Company accrues for known indemnification issues when a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company also accrues for estimated incurred but unidentified indemnification issues based on historical activity. There were no accruals for or expenses related to indemnification issues for any period presented.

 

7. License, Development and Collaborative Agreements

 

In February 2006, the Company entered into a license agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company acquired certain non-exclusive patent rights and paid an up-front fee and the first milestone payment in 2006. These amounts were recorded in 2006 as research and development expenses. The Company may be required to make future payments upon the attainment of certain other milestones, including $2,500 upon the commencement of Phase 3 clinical trials. Additionally, the Company will owe certain royalties based on the amount of net sales of any licensed product. Either party may terminate the agreement 60 days after giving notice of a material breach that remains uncured 60 days after written notice. If not terminated earlier, the agreement will terminate upon the later of ten years from the date of the first commercial sale of licensed products in the United States or until the date on which the last valid patent claim relating to the licensed products expires in the United States.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

8. Convertible Preferred Stock

 

As of December 31, 2005, 2006 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), the authorized, issued and outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock were (in thousands):

 

     Convertible Preferred Stock
     Series A4    Series A5    Series B    Series C    Total

As of December 31, 2005:

              

Shares authorized

   $ 274    $ 2,669    $ 11,500    $    $ 14,443

Shares issued and outstanding

     137      1,334      5,716           7,187

Aggregate liquidation preference

     12,124           20,005           32,129

As of December 31, 2006:

              

Shares authorized

     274      2,669      11,569           14,512

Shares issued and outstanding

     273      2,669      11,432           14,374

Aggregate liquidation preference

     24,249           40,011           64,260

As of September 30, 2007:

              

Shares authorized

     274      2,669      11,569      13,882      28,393

Shares issued and outstanding

     273      2,669      11,432      13,221      27,595

Aggregate liquidation preference

   $ 24,249    $    $ 40,011    $ 55,000    $ 119,260

 

Series B Financing

 

In connection with the Company’s Series B preferred stock financing, all then outstanding Series A1, Series A2, and Series A3 preferred stock were converted to common stock. Immediately thereafter, a one-for-one-hundred reverse stock split was applied to the Company’s outstanding common stock in connection with the Series B preferred stock issuance.

 

In April 2005, the Company issued 5,715,826 shares of Series B preferred stock at $3.50 per share for cash proceeds of $19,764, net of $241 in stock issuance costs. Concurrent with the issuance of the Series B shares, the Company issued 136,668 shares of Series A4 preferred stock in exchange for 136,668 shares of common stock to the previous holders of the Company’s Series A1, Series A2, and Series A3 preferred stock that participated in the Series B financing. The Company also issued an additional 1,334,509 shares of Series A5 preferred stock to the previous holders of the Company’s Series A1, Series A2, and Series A3 preferred stock that participated in the Series B financing.

 

In March 2006, the Company issued 5,715,826 shares of Series B preferred stock at $3.50 per share for cash proceeds of $19,978, net of $26 in issuance costs. Concurrent with the issuance of the Series B shares, the Company issued 136,681 shares of Series A4 preferred stock in exchange for 136,668 shares of common stock to the previous holders of the Company’s Series A1, Series A2, and Series A3 preferred stock that participated in the Series B financing. The Company also issued an additional 1,334,513 shares of Series A5 preferred stock to the previous holders of the Company’s Series A1, Series A2, and Series A3 preferred stock that participated in the Series B financing.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

Series C Financing

 

In February 2007, the Company issued 6,610,577 shares of Series C preferred stock at $4.16 per share for cash proceeds of $27,309, net of $192 in issuance costs. In connection with the financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase an additional 661,058 shares of Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share.

 

In September 2007, the Company issued 6,610,577 shares of Series C preferred stock at $4.16 per share for cash proceeds of $27,488, net of $11 in issuance costs.

 

Conversion and Voting Rights

 

The shares of Series C preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series A4 preferred stock and Series A5 preferred stock are convertible at the option of the holder into shares of common stock, at a ratio of 1-to-1, subject to adjustments for antidilution. In addition, all classes of the preferred stock will automatically convert into common shares at the then current conversion price upon an affirmative vote of 70% of the Series B and Series C preferred stockholders voting as a single class or the closing of an underwritten initial public offer of equity securities which results in gross proceeds of at least $50,000 (before deduction for underwriters’ commissions and expenses), in which the valuation of the Company immediately prior to the closing of such offering is at least $200,000. The holder of each share of preferred stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which it would convert.

 

In connection with the Series C preferred stock issuance, the stockholders authorized a “pay-to-play” provision in the event a holder of at least 500 of the Company’s preferred shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) does not purchase at least half (50%) of its full pro rata share of future issuances of the Company’s capital stock offered to such holder pursuant to the right of first refusal. All shares held by such holders (and any transferees thereof) shall automatically convert to common stock immediately prior to such future issuance.

 

Dividends

 

Holders of the Series B and Series C preferred shares are entitled to dividends at an annual rate of 8% of the original issue price, subject to adjustments, when and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available. After payment of dividends to the holders of the Series B and Series C preferred shares as provided above, the holders of the Series A5 preferred shares are entitled to dividends at an annual rate of $.28 per share, subject to adjustments, when and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available. No dividends have been declared through September 30, 2007.

 

Liquidation

 

In the event of liquidation, the Series A4, Series B, and Series C preferred stockholders receive an original liquidation preference equal to $88.71, $3.50, and $4.16 per share, respectively, as adjusted, plus declared but unpaid dividends. Upon a liquidation event, the holders of Series B and Series C preferred shares are entitled to distributions in priority over all distributions to holders of Series A4 preferred shares, and the holders of Series A4 preferred shares are entitled to distributions in priority over any distribution to common stockholders. After payment of the original liquidation preference, the Series B and Series C preferred stockholders are entitled to participate on

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

a pro rata basis with common stockholders in the liquidation of the remaining assets. A merger or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company is defined as a liquidation event.

 

9. Stock Warrants

 

During 2003, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 857 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $105 per share in connection with the execution of loan agreement with an equipment financing company (Note 5). These warrants were converted to common warrants upon the Company’s April 2005 Series B financing (Note 8). The warrant is immediately exercisable and will expire at the latter of ten years from the date of grant or five years after the closing of an initial public offering of equity securities. The $30 value of the warrant, as determined by the Black-Scholes method, was recorded as deferred debt issuance costs in the consolidated balance sheets. The deferred debt issuance costs were being amortized to interest expense over the repayment term of the debt agreement.

 

During 2004, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 141 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $105 per share in connection with the execution of loan agreement with an equipment financing company (Note 5). The warrant is immediately exercisable and will expire at the latter of ten years from the date of grant or five years after the closing of an initial public offering of equity securities. The $1 value of the warrant, as determined by the Black-Scholes method, was recorded as deferred debt issuance costs in the consolidated balance sheets. The deferred debt issuance costs are being amortized to interest expenses over the repayment term of the debt agreement.

 

During 2004, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 2,857 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $105 per share in connection with the execution of loan agreement with a financial institution (Note 5). The warrant is immediately exercisable and will expire at the latter of ten years from the date of grant or five years after the closing of an initial public offering of equity securities. The $34 value of the warrant, as determined by the Black-Scholes method, was recorded as deferred debt issuance costs in the consolidated balance sheets and was amortized to interest expense over the repayment term of the debt agreement. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes calculation of the value of the warrant were: expected life of 10 years, interest rate of 4.5%, dividend yield of 0.0% and volatility of 80%. Subsequent to the Company’s April 2005 Series B financing, the Company and the financial institution agreed to amend the warrant agreement resulting in a total of 42,857 shares of common stock issuable at an exercise price of $7.00. The amendment resulted in $16 of additional value ascribed to the warrant, which was recorded as deferred debt issuance costs in the consolidated balance sheets. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes calculation of the value of the warrant were: expected life of 10 years, interest rate of 4.5%, dividend yield of 0.0% and volatility of 80%. The deferred debt issuance costs are being amortized to interest expense over the repayment term of the debt agreement. All unamortized deferred debt issuance costs were expensed in November 2006 upon payment in full of the related loan.

 

In November 2006, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 137,143 shares of Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share in connection with the execution of loan agreement with a financial institution (Note 5). The warrant is immediately exercisable and will expire at the latter of ten years from the date of grant or five years after the closing of an initial public offering of equity securities. The $416 value of the warrant, as determined by the Black-Scholes method, was recorded as deferred debt issuance costs in the consolidated balance sheets. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes calculation of the value of the warrant were: expected life of 10 years, interest rate of 5.16%, dividend yield of 0.0% and volatility of 86%. The deferred debt issuance costs are being amortized to interest expense over the repayment term of the debt agreement.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

 

In February 2007, the Company issued warrants to purchase 661,058 shares of Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share to the participants in the Company’s Series C preferred stock financing (Note 8). The warrants are immediately exercisable and will expire seven years from the date of grant or immediately upon a change in control, as defined.

 

10. Stockholders’ Equity

 

Common Stock

 

Of the authorized 34,000,000 shares of common stock as of September 30, 2007, 28,393,378 shares have been reserved for the conversion of Series A4, Series A5, Series B, and Series C preferred stock and preferred stock warrants, and 4,815,198 shares have been reserved for issuance upon the exercise of common stock options and common stock warrants. The holders of the common stock are entitled to one vote per share.

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

Under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan), options or stock purchase rights may be granted by the board of directors to employees, directors and consultants. Options granted may be either incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees with exercise prices of no less than the fair value, and nonstatutory options may be granted to employees or consultants at exercise prices of no less than 85% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. Options vest as determined by the board of directors, generally at the rate of 25% at the end of the first year, with the remaining balance vesting monthly over the next three years. Options granted under the Plan expire no more than ten years after the date of grant.

 

During 2005, 1,250,000 additional shares were authorized for grant at the time of the Company’s Series B preferred stock financing. During 2006, 2,415,000 additional shares were authorized for grant at the time of the Company’s Series C preferred stock financing.

 

Stock purchased under certain option agreements are subject to a repurchase option by the Company upon termination of the purchaser’s employment or services. Common shares obtained through the early exercise of unvested options are subject to repurchase by the Company at the lower of the original issue price or the fair value. The repurchase rights lapse as the underlying option vests according to the respective option agreement. There were 936 and 16 shares subject to repurchase at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and no shares subject to repurchase at September 30, 2007.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity:

 

     Outstanding
Options
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

Balance at July 30, 2001 (inception)

       $

Options granted

   450       1.00
        

Balance at December 31, 2001

   450       1.00

Options granted

   16,685       8.31

Options exercised

   (10,300 )     6.53

Options canceled

   (113 )     10.50
        

Balance at December 31, 2002

   6,722       10.50

Options granted

   22,833       10.50

Options exercised

   (101 )     10.50

Options canceled

   (320 )     10.50
        

Balance at December 31, 2003

   29,134       10.50

Options granted

   12,251       10.50

Options exercised

   (562 )     10.50

Options canceled

   (1,802 )     10.50
        

Balance at December 31, 2004

   39,021       10.50

Options granted

   1,278,840       .36

Options exercised

   (7,025 )     .65

Options canceled

   (16,455 )     1.35
        

Balance at December 31, 2005

   1,294,381       .65

Options granted

   1,092,953       .35

Options exercised

   (87,575 )     .35

Options canceled

   (143,556 )     .66
        

Balance at December 31, 2006

   2,156,203       .51

Options granted

   1,945,050       .56

Options exercised

   (164,338 )     .43

Options canceled

   (6,475 )     .35
        

Balance at September 30, 2007

   3,930,440     $ .54
        

 

Details of the Company’s stock options outstanding by exercise price at December 31, 2006 are:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Exercise Price

   Number    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number    Weighted
Average
Exercise

Price

$.35

   2,122,513    9.01    $ .35    627,440    $ .35

$10.50

   33,690    6.76    $ 10.50    27,825    $ 10.50
                  

$.35—$10.50

   2,156,203    8.98    $ .51    655,265    $ .78

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

Details of the Company’s stock options outstanding by exercise price at September 30, 2007 are as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Exercise Price

   Number    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$.35

   1,954,512    8.26    $ .35    817,890    $ .35

$.43

   838,988    9.59    $ .43    192,082    $ .43

$.66

   1,103,250    9.93    $ .66    500    $ .66

$10.50

   33,690    5.91    $ 10.50    31,699    $ 10.50
                  

$.35—$10.50

   3,930,440    8.99    $ .54    1,042,171    $ .67

 

There were 1,311,521, 365,268 and 838,518 options available for grant under the Plan at December 31, 2005, 2006 and September 30, 2007, respectively.

 

Excluded from the above tables are 3,175 options shares granted outside of the Plan during 2006 at an exercise price of $.35 to a former member of the board of directors, 3,175 and 2,381 of which were outstanding at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, respectively.

 

Stock-based Compensation Associated with Awards to Employees

 

In connection with the preparation of the financial statements necessary for the filing of this registration statement, we have reassessed the fair value of our common stock at option grant dates from January 2006 to the present. We prepared a contemporaneous market-based valuation of our common stock as of December 2007 in order to reassess retrospectively the estimated fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes. Our selection of the market-based approach is consistent with the methods outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, given our stage of development and near-term prospect of a liquidity event. Determining the fair value of our stock requires us to make complex and subjective judgments. These judgments and estimates include determinations of the appropriate valuation methods and, when utilizing a market-based approach, the selection and weighting of appropriate market comparables. For these and other reasons, the reassessed fair values used to compute stock-based compensation expense for financial reporting purposes may not reflect the fair values that would result from the application of other valuation methods, including accepted valuation methods for tax purposes. In addition, due to the retrospective nature of the analysis, any retrospective valuation includes substantial additional information that was not known or reasonably ascertainable at the time of the original valuation determinations, such as the probability of completing an initial public offering, a company’s actual performance, its ability to obtain required funding, the ability to mitigate potential risks and other factors.

 

Our reassessment considered the following significant events:

 

   

the release of data from our Phase 2a clinical trial of PHX1149 in January 2007;

 

   

our issuance of 6,610,577 shares of Series C preferred stock at $4.16 per share in February 2007;

 

   

the commencement of our Phase 2b clinical trial of PHX1149 in patients with Type 2 diabetes in April 2007;

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

   

our identification of PHX1766 as a development candidate for the treatment of HCV infection in June 2007;

 

   

the completion and report of long-term toxicology studies for PHX1149 in July 2007;

 

   

the convening of our end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA to discuss the chemistry, manufacturing and control processes for PHX1149 in September 2007; and

 

   

our issuance of 6,610,577 shares of Series C preferred stock at $4.16 per share in September 2007.

 

The contemporaneous market-based valuation utilized estimates of the probability of an initial public offering, acquisition or continued operation as a private company. The initial public offering scenario estimated our enterprise value based on discussions with investment bankers and through the evaluation of seven biopharmaceutical companies that we selected, based on the following attributes:

 

   

the entity completed an initial public offering after January 1, 2006;

 

   

the entity has published data from a Phase 2a clinical trial but has not completed enrollment in a Phase 3 clinical trial; and

 

   

the entity has a proprietary lead product candidate that is not subject to a partnering or collaboration agreement, and is directed toward indications generally treated other than by specialists, such as diabetes, obesity and cardiovascular indications.

 

The acquisition scenario evaluated our enterprise value by examining purchase prices in recently-completed mergers or acquisitions of nine companies at a similar stage of development. The stay-private scenario evaluated our enterprise value through a discounted cash flow approach. Using this market-based approach, we obtained a per share price for our common stock of $4.86 as of December 2007, which was calculated using our fully diluted capitalization prior to this offering. Considering our market-based determination of our enterprise value noted above, we then reassessed the fair value of our common stock during prior periods.

 

For periods prior to January 1, 2007, we believe the estimated fair value determinations originally made by our board of directors remain appropriate due to the following:

 

   

during this time period, we had progressed only a single program to the clinical stages of development;

 

   

we closed our Australian subsidiary in the third quarter of 2006, upon the termination of our collaboration agreement with Genentech;

 

   

as of the end of 2006, we did not have results from our Phase 2a clinical study for PHX1149;

 

   

also at the end of 2006, we had limited working capital, and, even with the availability of $4.5 million from our venture debt facility with Pinnacle, we had less than one quarter’s remaining operating funds available to us; and

 

   

our ability to raise additional equity at reasonable valuation hinged on the Phase 2a results for PHX1149, which did not occur until 2007.

 

Even though we did not grant any options during the first quarter of 2007, we did consider events occurring during that period that would impact the value of our common stock. During the first quarter we received the results of our Phase 2a trial for PHX1149 and completed a $27.5 million Series C stock financing. These two

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

events were significant milestones in our history. Accordingly, we believe that the best indication of fair value of our common stock in the first quarter of 2007 is the price paid for the 6,610,577 shares of our Series C preferred stock sold in February 2007. We believe that the financing was completed at terms equivalent to an arm’s length transaction, as 33% of the proceeds were received from a new investor. To arrive at our reassessed value of our common stock, we first allocated, from the unit price of $4.16, $.22 for the value of the warrants issued in connection with the February 2007 Series C stock financing as determined by the Black-Scholes method. Second, we applied a 10% discount to the preferred per share amount of $3.94 to account for the rights privileges and preferences of the preferred stock. The Series C preferred stock included liquidation and dividend preferences, antidilution protection and voting preferences. On the date of issuance, these provisions were considered significant. Accordingly, we believe the 10% discount is reasonable, resulting in a fair value of $3.55.

 

For options granted on April 17, 2007 to purchase a total of 711,900 shares, we utilized $3.55 because the options were granted in close proximity to the completion of the February 2007 Series C stock financing. Additionally, the options were granted out of the increase to the options available for grant under our 2001 employee stock option plan approved concurrent with that financing.

 

For options granted on July 17, 2007 to purchase a total of 129,900 shares, we used the same methodology; however, we did not apply the 10% discount for the preferences, resulting in a fair value of $3.94. The incremental increase from April 17, 2007 is supported by the identification of PHX1766 as a development candidate in June 2007 and our further progression toward a potential liquidity event.

 

For options granted on September 18, 2007 to purchase a total of 1,103,250, shares we believe the best indication of fair value is the completion of the September 2007 Series C stock financing, pursuant to which we sold an additional 6,610,577 shares of Series C preferred stock, at $4.16 per share with gross proceeds of $17.5 million.

 

The following is a summary of the results of our common stock reassessment for financial reporting purposes at each quarter-end in the reassessment period. The summary includes the reassessed value based on a retrospective reassessment and the number of equity instruments issued on the following dates:

 

    

April 17,
2007

  

July 17,

2007

  

September 18,
2007

Exercise price

   $ .43    $ .43    $ .66

Reassessed fair value per share of common stock

   $ 3.55    $ 3.94    $ 4.16

Options granted

     711,900      129,900     
1,103,250

 

There were no adjustments made to the terms of existing grants that were a direct result of our reassessment process.

 

During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007, the Company issued stock options to certain employees under the Plan with exercise prices below the reassessed fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, as shown below:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Options
Granted
   Exercise Price
Per Share
  

Fair Value
Per Share

April 17, 2007

   711,900    .43    3.24

July 17, 2007

   129,900    .43    3.65

September 18, 2007

   1,103,250    .66    3.69

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of employee stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 was $.25, $.25 and $3.92, respectively.

 

Adoption of SFAS No. 123R

 

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, or SFAS No. 123R, which requires compensation costs related to share-based transactions, including employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on fair value. SFAS No. 123R revises SFAS No. 123, as amended, and supersedes APB No. 25. We adopted SFAS No. 123R using the prospective transition method. Under this method, compensation cost is measured and recognized for all share-based payments granted, modified and settled subsequent to December 31, 2005. In accordance with the prospective transition method, our financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS No. 123R.

 

Valuation Assumptions

 

We selected the Black-Scholes valuation model as the most appropriate valuation method for stock option grants. The fair value of these stock option grants is estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions for stock options granted during 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007:

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

2006

    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2006     2007  

Employee stock options

      

Risk-free interest rate

   5.16 %   5.16 %   4.47 %

Dividend yield

            

Expected life of options (years)

   6.08     6.08     6.08  

Volatility

   85.5 %   85.5 %   54.3 %

 

The Company derived the risk-free interest rate assumption from the United States Treasury’s rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued. The Company based the assumed dividend yield on its expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company calculated the weighted average expected life of options using the simplified method as prescribed by Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 107, Share-Based Payment, or SAB No. 107. This decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to the Company’s limited operating experience. In addition, due to the Company’s limited historical data, the estimated volatility also reflects the application of SAB No. 107, incorporating the historical volatility of comparable companies with publicly-available share prices. SFAS No. 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company utilized its historical forfeitures to estimate its future forfeiture rate at 5.0% and 4.0%, respectively, for 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company accounted for forfeitures of stock option grants as they occurred.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

As a result of our Black-Scholes option fair value calculations and the allocation of value to the vesting periods using the straight-line vesting attribution method, we recognized employee-stock based compensation in the statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2007

General and administrative expenses

   $ 12    $ 621

Research and development expenses

   $ 7    $ 196

 

The adoption of SFAS No. 123R caused basic and diluted net loss per common share to increase by $.01 in 2006. No income tax benefit was recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for 2006.

 

As of December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited), there was $218 and $6,200, respectively, of compensation cost related to unvested stock option grants not yet recognized that will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the weighted average remaining period of 3.64 and 3.26 years, respectively.

 

Stock-Based Compensation for Non-employees

 

The Company records equity instruments issued to non-employees as expense at their fair value over the related service period as determined in accordance with SFAS No. 123R and EITF Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods and Services, and periodically revalues the equity instruments as they vest. As of September 30, 2007, we had outstanding equity instruments subject to vesting representing 15,625 shares of common stock issued to non-employees. The Company recorded $5 and $72 in 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively, for compensation expense.

 

11. Income Taxes

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pretax income as a result of the following differences:

 

     2004     2005     2006  

Tax computed at the federal statutory rate

   $ (4,250 )   $ (5,133 )   $ (9,722 )

State tax, federally effected

     (698 )     (843 )     (1,596 )

Stock compensation

     23       3       7  

Tax credits

     (450 )     (707 )     (1,295 )

Permanent differences and other

     346       396       857  

Valuation allowance

     5,084       6,284       11,749  
                        

Income tax provision

   $ 55     $     $  
                        

 

The income tax provision is included as a component of discontinued operations.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

(a development stage company)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts. Information as of or after September 30, 2007 and for

the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 is unaudited)

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, are shown below. A valuation allowance has been recognized to offset the net deferred tax assets as realization of such deferred tax assets has not met the more likely than not threshold.

 

     December 31  
     2005     2006  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 13,999     $ 24,508  

Research and development credit carryforwards

     2,130       3,891  

Other, net

     568       47  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     16,697       28,446  

Valuation allowance

     (16,697 )     (28,446 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $  
                

 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Service Code Sections 382 and 383, use of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% within a three-year period.

 

At December 31, 2006, the Company had federal, California and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $63,000, $42,000, and none, respectively. The federal and California tax loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2021 and 2013, respectively, unless previously utilized. The Company also has federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2,600 which will begin to expire in 2022, unless previously utilized, and California research and development credits of $1,900 which carry over indefinitely.

 

12. Employee Benefit Plan

 

Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted a defined contribution 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “Plan”), covering substantially all employees that meet certain age requirements. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their compensation per year, subject to a maximum limit by federal law. The Company is not required to match any portion of the contributions. No matches were made during 2004, 2005 and 2006. During 2007, the Company matched up to $1 per employee.

 

13. Subsequent Events

 

In December 2007, the Company entered into an amendment to its existing $8,000 loan and security agreement with Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C., or Pinnacle, pursuant to which affiliates of Pinnacle have agreed to make additional loans to the Company in an aggregate principal amount of up to $12,000 on or before May 31, 2008. These loans will bear interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate in effect as of the date of each loan, plus two percent. In connection with the amendment to the loan and security agreement, the Company issued to Pinnacle a warrant to purchase up to 173,077 shares of Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share.

 

In January 2008, the Company completed a private financing transaction pursuant to which the Company issued an aggregate of 4,410,923 shares of Series C preferred stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $18,300.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimated except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

     Amount to Be Paid  

SEC registration fee

   $ 3,390.00  

FINRA filing fee

     9,125.00  

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

          *

Printing and mailing

          *

Legal fees and expenses

          *

Accounting fees and expenses

          *

Miscellaneous

          *
        

Total

   $                *
        

 

  *   To be provided by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

 

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or

 

II-1


Table of Contents

not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Article VII of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon completion of this offering (the “Charter”), provides that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our Charter provides that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

 

Article VII of the Charter further provides that any repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an amendment to the Delaware General Corporation Law will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Article V of our Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering (the “Bylaws”), provides that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same may be amended (except that in the case of an amendment, only to the extent that the amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than the Delaware General Corporation Law permitted us to provide prior to such amendment) against any and all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by the director, officer or such employee or on the director’s, officer’s or employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of our company, or at our request as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Article V of the Bylaws further provides for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to certain officers and employees.

 

In addition, Article V of the Bylaws provides that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the Charter or Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Furthermore, Article V of the Bylaws authorizes us to provide insurance for our directors, officers and employees, against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of Article V of the Bylaws.

 

We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers, and such entities to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

 

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

During the past three years, we have sold and issued the following unregistered securities:

 

(1) From January 1, 2005 through January 25, 2008, we granted options to purchase 4,861,068 shares of common stock, having exercise prices ranging from $.35 per share to $10.50 per share, to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan. Of these, options to purchase 168,759 shares have been cancelled and options to purchase 4,071,503 shares remain outstanding.

 

(2) From January 1, 2005 through January 25, 2008, options to purchase an aggregate of 659,885 shares of common stock, granted to employees, consultants and directors, were exercised for aggregate consideration of $296,000, at exercise prices ranging from $.35 per share to $10.50 per share. All of these options were granted pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan.

 

(3) In April 2005, we issued an aggregate of approximately 26,209,359 shares of our common stock upon the automatic conversion of all then outstanding shares of our Series A-1 preferred stock, Series A-2 preferred stock and Series A-3 preferred stock. Immediately thereafter, we completed a one-for-one hundred reverse split of our common stock.

 

(4) In April 2005, we issued an aggregate of 5,715,826 shares of our Series B preferred stock to 36 accredited investors for aggregate consideration of approximately $20.0 million. In connection with this financing transaction, we also issued an aggregate of 136,668 shares of our Series A-4 preferred stock and 1,334,509 shares of our Series A-5 preferred stock to participating investors who were existing stockholders in exchange for 136,668 previously outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

(5) In March 2006, we issued an aggregate of 5,715,826 shares of our Series B preferred stock to 35 accredited investors for aggregate consideration of approximately $20.0 million. In connection with this financing transaction, we also issued an aggregate of 136,681 shares of our Series A-4 preferred stock and 1,334,513 shares of our Series A-5 preferred stock to certain participating investors in exchange for 136,668 previously outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

(6) In November 2006, we issued a warrant to purchase up to 137,143 shares of our Series B preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.05 per share to one accredited investor in connection with a loan transaction.

 

(7) In April 2006, we granted stock options to purchase 3,175 shares of common stock outside of our 2001 Stock Option Plan to a member of our board of directors, at an exercise price of $.35 per share.

 

(8) In February 2007, we issued an aggregate of 6,610,577 shares of our Series C preferred stock and warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 661,058 shares of our Series C preferred stock with an exercise price of $4.16 per share to 32 accredited investors for aggregate consideration of approximately $27.5 million.

 

(9) In September 2007, we issued an aggregate of 6,610,577 shares of our Series C preferred stock to 32 accredited investors for aggregate consideration of approximately $27.5 million.

 

(10) In December 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase up to 173,077 shares of our Series C preferred stock with an exercise price of $4.16 per share to one accredited investor in connection with a loan transaction.

 

(11) In January 2008, we issued an aggregate of 4,410,923 shares of our Series C preferred stock to 33 accredited investors for aggregate consideration of approximately $18.3 million.

 

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(1) and 15(2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to either Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sale of securities pursuant to compensatory benefit plans approved by the board of directors or Section 4(2) as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(3) through 15(11) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor.

 

There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions described above.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately following the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification by the registrant against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of San Diego, State of California, on January 25, 2008.

 

PHENOMIX CORPORATION

By:

 

/S/    LAURA K. SHAWVER, PH.D.        

  Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.
  Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors and/or officers of Phenomix Corporation (the “Company”), hereby severally constitute and appoint Laura K. Shawver and John E. Crawford, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to any of them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement on Form S-1 filed herewith, and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of equity securities of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the date indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    LAURA K. SHAWVER, PH.D.        

Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D.

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  January 25, 2008

/S/    JOHN E. CRAWFORD        

John E. Crawford

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  January 25, 2008

/S/    BRIAN L. BAKER        

Brian L. Baker

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  January 25, 2008

/S/    SRINIVAS AKKARAJU, PH.D.        

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D.

  

Director

  January 25, 2008

/S/    JOHN DIEKMAN, PH.D.        

John Diekman, Ph.D.

  

Director

  January 25, 2008

/S/    JAMES HARPER        

James Harper

  

Director

  January 25, 2008

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    WILLIAM HARRIS        

William Harris

  

Director

  January 25, 2008

/S/    DANIEL JANNEY        

Daniel Janney

  

Director

  January 25, 2008

/S/    ARLENE MORRIS        

Arlene Morris

  

Director

  January 25, 2008

/S/    DEEPIKA R. PAKIANATHAN, PH.D.        

Deepika R. Pakianathan, Ph.D.

  

Director

  January 25, 2008

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1   Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on February 28, 2007.
3.1.1   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 26, 2007.
3.1.2   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on December 17, 2007.
3.1.3   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on January 22, 2008.
3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be effective upon completion of this offering).
3.3   Bylaws.
3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective upon completion of this offering).
4.1*   Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
4.2   Warrant to purchase Series A-2 preferred stock dated March 28, 2003, issued to GATX Ventures, Inc.
4.3   Form of warrant to purchase common stock issued to Oxford Finance Corporation.
4.4   Amended and restated warrant to purchase common stock dated July 19, 2007, originally issued to Comerica Incorporated on December 23, 2004.
4.5   Warrant to purchase Series B preferred stock dated November 22, 2006, issued to Pinnacle Ventures II Equity Holdings, L.L.C.
4.6   Form of warrant to purchase Series C preferred stock dated February 28, 2007, issued to the investors listed on Schedule A thereto.
4.7   Warrant to purchase Series C preferred stock dated December 17, 2007, issued to Pinnacle Ventures II Equity Holdings, L.L.C.
5.1*   Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP.
10.1   2001 Stock Option Plan.
10.1.1   Form of Stock Option Award Letter under 2001 Stock Option Plan.
10.1.2   Form of Option Exercise and Stock Purchase Agreement under 2001 Stock Option Plan.
10.2   2008 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.
10.3   2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.4   Fourth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement with the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated February 28, 2007.
10.5   Employment Offer Letter Agreement with Laura K. Shawver, Ph.D., dated April 8, 2002.
10.6   Employment Offer Letter Agreement with Julie Cherrington, Ph.D., dated August 27, 2003.
10.7   Employment Offer Letter Agreement with Christopher L. Burnley, dated April 24, 2003.
10.8   Employment Offer Letter Agreement with John E. Crawford, dated October 5, 2007.
10.9   Employment Offer Letter Agreement with Hans-Peter Guler, M.D., dated June 12, 2004.
10.10   Employment Offer Letter Agreement with David Campbell, Ph.D., dated April 24, 2003.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.11   Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.12   Master Security Agreement with Oxford Finance Corporation, dated March 24, 2004.
10.13   Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C., dated November 22, 2006.
10.14   Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement with Pinnacle Ventures, L.L.C., dated December 17, 2007.
10.15   Lease Agreement with VPI Oberlin I, L.P., dated July 31, 2003.
10.16   Sublease Agreement with Aonix North America, Inc., dated November 30, 2007.
10.17   Lease Agreement with Gateway Colorado Properties, Inc., dated January 18, 2008.
10.18*#   License Agreement dated February 14, 2006.
10.19#   Settlement and Release Agreement with ActivX Biosciences, Inc., David Campbell, David Winn and Juan Betancort, dated August 1, 2006.
10.20#   First Amendment to Settlement and Release Agreement with ActivX Biosciences, Inc., David Campbell, David Winn and Juan Betancort, dated June 28, 2007.
10.21#   License Agreement with ActivX Biosciences, Inc., dated August 1, 2006.
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*   Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on page II-5).

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
  #   Application will be made to the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment of certain portions of this Exhibit. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested will be filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-8